Перевод: с греческого на все языки

со всех языков на греческий

put to sea with

  • 1 ἀνάγω

    b put to sea with Ἀμύκλαθεν γὰρ ἔβα σὺν Ὀρέστᾳ, Αἰολέων στρατιὰν χαλκεντέα δεῦρ' ἀνάγων i. e. to Tenedos N. 11.35

    Lexicon to Pindar > ἀνάγω

  • 2 ἀνάγω

    ἀνάγω, [tense] fut.
    A

    ἀνάξω Hdt.7.10

    .θ, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἀνήγαγον, etc.: (v. ἄγω):—opp. κατάγω,
    I lead up from a lower place to a higher,

    ἐς Ολυμπον Thgn.1347

    , E.Ba. 289;

    πρὸς τὸ ὄρος X.An.3.4.28

    ; ἱερὸν ἀ. ξόανον, of the Trojan horse, E.Tr. 525; ὁ πέπλος ἀνάγεται εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Pl Euthphr.6c.
    2 lead up to the high sea, carry by sea,

    λαὸν ἀνήγαγεν ἐνθάδ' ἀείρας Il.9.338

    ;

    γυναῖκ' εὐειδέ' ἀνῆγες ἐξ Ἀπίης γαίης 3.48

    , cf. 6.292;

    στρατὸν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα Hdt.7.10

    .θ: but freq. = simple ἄγω, conduct, carry to a place, Il.8.203, Od.3.272; ἀ. ναῦν put a ship to sea, Hdt.6.12, 7.100, etc.; ἀνάγειν abs. in the same sense, Id.3.41, 8.76, cf. D.23.169:—but this is more common in [voice] Med., v. infr. B.I.
    3 take up from the coast into the interior, Od.14.272; esp. from Asia Minor into Central Asia, ἀ. παρὰ or

    ὡς βασιλέα Hdt. 6.119

    , X.HG1.4.6, An.2.6.1, etc.; from Piraeus to Athens, Id.HG2.4.8.
    4 bring up, esp. from the dead,

    ἀ. εἰς φάος Hes.Th. 626

    ;

    εἰς φῶς Pl.R. 521c

    , S.Fr. 557 ([voice] Pass.);

    τῶν φθιμένων ἀ. A.Ag. 1023

    , cf. E.Alc. 985; κλίνει κἀνάγει πάλιν lays low and brings up again, S.Aj. 131;

    ἐκ λεχέων ἀ. φάμαν παλαιάν

     waken up, revive, renew,

    Pi.I.4(3).22

    .
    5 ἀ. χορόν conduct the choir, Hes.Sc. 280, E.Tr. 326, Th.3.104; ἀ. θυσίαν, ὁρτήν celebrate.., Hdt.2.48,60, al., cf. Act.Ap. 7.41; sacrifice,

    ταύρους OGI764.47

     (ii B. C.).
    6 lift up, raise,

    κάρα S.Ph. 866

    ;

    τὸ ὄμμα ἀ. ἄνω Pl.R. 533d

    ; ἀ. τὰς ὀφρῦς, = ἀνασπᾶν, Plu. 2.975c;

    ἂν πυκτεύοντες ἀνάγωσιν ἑαυτούς Id.2.541b

    .
    7 ἀ. παιᾶνα lift up a paean, S.Tr. 210; ἄναγε πολύδακρυν ἁδονάν, of a song of lamentation, E.El. 126;

    κωκυτόν Ph. 1350

    .
    8 ἀ. εἰς τιμήν raise to honour, Plu.Num.16;

    τίμιον ἀ. τινά E.HF 1333

    ; elevate, οἱ εἰς φιλοσοφίαν ἀνάγοντες [ἀστρονομίαν] Pl.R. 529a.
    9 in various senses,

    φάρμακα ἀνάγοντα

     expectorants,

    Hp.Morb.3.15

    ; ἀ. ὀδόντας cut teeth, Id.Aph.3.25; ἀ. πλῆθος αἵματος bring up blood, Plu.Cleom.30; ἀ. μηρυκισμόν chew the cud, LXX Le.11.3, al.; τὸν Νεῖλον ἀναγέτω bring the Nile up [over its banks], Luc.DDeor.3;

    ἀ. φάλαγγα

     deploy,

    Plu. Crass.23

    : Geom., draw a line, Arist.Metaph. 1051a25; ἀ. τεταγμένως erect as an ordinate, Apollon.Perg.Con.2.49; in building, carry a line of works to a point, Plu.Nic.18:

    ἀ. ὕδωρ

     distil,

    Syn.Alch. p.66B.

    10 μύρια τάλαντ' εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ἀνήγαγον, i.e. paid them into the treasury there, D.3.24.
    11 bring up a prisoner for examination, X.HG3.3.11, OGI483.185 (Pergam.), Plb.40.4.2, Act.Ap.12.4.
    12 train, rear,

    θετὸν υἱόν AP9.254

     (Phil.):—[voice] Pass.,

    εἰς μέτρα ἥβης ἀνηγόμην IG12(7).449

     ([place name] Amorgos); of plants,

    ἀ. ἀμπελῶνας S.

     (?)Fr. 1010.
    II bring back,

    ἀνήγαγον αὖθις Ἄργος ἐς ἱππόβοτον Il.15.29

    , cf. Od.24.401, Pi.P.5.3, etc.
    2 τὸν λόγον ἐπ' ἀρχὴν ἀ. carry back, refer to its principles, Pl.Lg. 626d;

    εἰς ἄλλας ἀρχάς Arist. EN 1113b20

    ;

    εἰς αὑτὸν τὴν ἀρχήν 1113a6

    , cf. GA 778b1, al.;

    εἰς γνωριμώτερον Metaph. 1040b20

    ; generally, refer,

    πάντα τοῖς λογισμοῖς εἰς ἀσφάλειαν Plu.Brut.12

    ;

    εἰς κοινὸν ὄνομα A.D.Synt.266.13

    ; freq. in [voice] Pass.,

    ἀνάγομαι εἴς τι Procl.Inst.21

    ;

    ὑπό τι Olymp. in Mete.326.33

    ;

    ἀπό, ἔκ τινος

     to be derived from,

    A.D.Adv.121.25

    , Synt.23.26; ἀ. ἀπό, ἐξ .. derive one's subsistence from.., Vett.Val.10.15,73.11.
    3 ἀ. τι εἰς τὸν δῆμον, Arist.Pol. 1292a25; of persons, ἀ. τινὰ ἐπὶ τὴν συγγραφήν refer him to the contract, D.56.31.
    4 reduce syllogism to another figure, Arist.APr. 29b1; reduce an argument to syllogism, ib. 46b40, al.
    5 in Law, return a slave sold with an undisclosed defect,

    εἰς πρατῆρα Pl.Lg. 915c

    , cf. Hyp.Ath.15.
    6 refer a claimant,

    πράτορι ἢ εἰς πόλιν ἔνδικον Milet.3

     No.140.42: abs.,

    ὁ ἔχων ἀναγέτω Foed.Delph.Pell.2

    A15;

    ἀ. ὅθεν εἴληφας D.45.81

    .
    7 rebuild, Plu.Publ.15, Cam.32.
    8 restore to its original shape, Parth.Ep. Dedic.;

    τάφρον PHal.1.5

    .
    9 reckon, calculate,

    ἀ. τὰς ἡμέρας πρὸς τὸ μαντεῖον Plu. Cim.18

    ;

    χρόνον ἐκ τῶν Ὀλυμπιονικῶν Num.1

    .
    10 intr. (sc. ἑαυτόν), withdraw, X.Cyr.7.1.45, etc.; ἐπὶ πόδα ἀ. retreat facing enemy, 3.3.69;

    ἀ. ἐπὶ σκέλος Ar.Av. 383

    : metaph., ἄναγε εἰς τοὐπίσω, perh. nautical, put back again, Pl.R. 528a.
    B [voice] Med. and [voice] Pass., put out to sea, set sail (v. supr. 1.2), Il.1.478, Hdt.3.137, etc.: [tense] fut.

    ἀνάξεσθαι Th.6.30

    , etc.;

    ἀναχθέντες Hdt.3.138

    , 4.152, cf. A.Ag. 626.
    2 metaph., put to sea, i. e. make ready, prepare oneself,

    ὡς ἐρωτήσων Pl.Chrm. 155d

    , cf. Erx. 392d.
    3 in thought, ascend to higher unity, Dam.Pr. 117.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀνάγω

  • 3 ἀνάγω

    ἀνάγω fut. ἀνάξω LXX; 2 aor. ἀνήγαγον; 1 aor. pass. ἀνήχθην (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX, En 28:3; TestSol, TestAbr, Test12Patr, Philo, Joseph., Just.; Mel., Fgm. 9, 6; Ath. 11, 2 ἐπὶ παρρησίαν ἀναγαγεῖν ‘raise [my voice] to a pitch of boldness’).
    ① to lead or bring from a lower to a higher point, lead, bring up Lk 4:5 (εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλόν v.l.); Mt 17:1 D; εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα Lk 2:22 (Jos., Bell. 1, 96). ἀνήχθη εἰς τὴν ἔρημον he was led up into the desert, from the Jordan (below sea level) into the highland Mt 4:1, unless it be thought that he was ‘snatched away’; cp. 1 Cor 12:2 v.l. ὡς ἀνήγεσθε (Mel., P. 103, 798 εἰς τὰ ὑψηλὰ τῶν οὐρανῶν). εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον to the room upstairs Ac 9:39. εἰς τὸν οἶκον into the house proper, since the rooms in the cellar served as the prison 16:34. ἐν ναῷ in the temple GJs 7:1.—ἀ. ἐκ νεκρῶν bring up from the (realm of the) dead, represented as subterranean Ro 10:7; Hb 13:20 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 6; 1 Km 2:6; 28:11; Tob 13:2; Ps 29:4; Just., D. 32, 3 ἀνάγοντα αὐτὸν [Christ] ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς).—Fig. (with εἴς τι, as Joannes Sard., Comm. in Aphth. p. 4, 10 Rabe [1928]) of love τὸ ὕψος εἰς ὸ̔ ἀνάγει ἡ ἀγάπη 1 Cl 49:4.
    ② bring up for judicial process, bring before, legal t.t. (X., Hell. 3, 3, 11; Polyb. 40, 4, 2; SIG 799, 24 [38 A.D.] ἀναχθέντα εἰς τ. δῆμον; OGI 483, 185 [Pergamum]; PMagd 33, 8; PTebt 43, 19; TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 9 [Stone p. 38]) τινά τινι (Jos., Ant. 12, 390) Ac 12:4.
    ③ to bring an offering, offer up, ἀ. θυσίαν (a festive procedure is suggested by the use of this term, cp. Hdt. 2, 60; 6, 111; OGI 764, 47 [c. 127 B.C.] ἀναγαγὼν … ταύρους δύο; 3 Km 3:15; Philo, Agr. 127, Mos. 2, 73 al.) Ac 7:41.
    ④ as a nautical t.t. (ἀ. τὴν ναῦν put a ship to sea), mid. or pass. ἀνάγεσθαι to begin to go by boat, put out to sea (Hdt., Demosth., also Polyb. 1, 21, 4; 1, 23, 3 al.; pap [Mayser 380]; Jos., Bell. 3, 502): ἀνήχθημεν ἐν πλοίῳ we put to sea in a ship Ac 28:11. ἀ. ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου (cp. Epict. 3, 21, 12 ἀ. ἀπὸ λιμένος) put out from Paphos Ac 13:13; cp. 16:11; 18:21; 27:21. ἐκεῖθεν (Jos., Ant. 14, 377) 27:4, 12. W. the course given εἰς τὴν Συρίαν 20:3 (cp. BGU 1200, 14 [I B.C.] ἀ. εἰς Ἰταλίαν). ἐπὶ τὴν ῏Ασσον vs. 13. Abs. ἀνήχθησαν they set sail Lk 8:22, cp. Ac 21:1f; 27:2; 28:10; AcPl Ha 7, 13 (Just., D. 142, 2).
    ⑤ to put back into a former state or condition, restore, bring back fig. (in pap of improvement of the soil) τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας περὶ τὸ ἀγαθόν restore those who are weak in goodness 2 Cl 17:2.—M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἀνάγω

  • 4 ἐπανάγω

    A bring up: hence,
    1 stir up, excite,

    τὸν θυμόν Hdt.7.160

    .
    II bring up,

    πρὸς τὸ φῶς Pl.Lg. 724a

    .
    3 bring back,

    τινὰ εἰς τὸν περὶ τοῦ πράγματος λόγον Pl.Lg. 949b

    ;

    τὸν λόγον ἐπὶ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν X.Mem.4.6.13

    ;

    ἐ. ἐμαυτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν Pl.Ep. 325a

    ; εἰς ἐλευθερίαν τὰ πράγματα v.l. in D.15.19; restore,

    τὰς αἱρέσεις τῶν ἱερέων εἰς τὸν δῆμον D.C.37.37

    ;

    τὸν οἶκον Philostr.VA1.28

    ; τὰ ἱερά ib.2 ([voice] Pass.); τὰ ἀδικήματα εἰς τὰ κοινὰ δικαστήρια ἐ. refer them to.., Pl.Lg. 846b, cf. Epicur.Ep.3p.62U.;

    ἐ. τὸ δισταζόμενον εἰς τὸν κανόνα UPZ110.57

     (ii B.C.); but τῷ Δὶ ἐ. make acknowledgements to Zeus, ib.6:—[voice] Pass., to be referred back,

    ἐπαναγέσθω πάλιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας Arist.Pol. 1298b37

    ; to be restored,

    ἐπὶ ἀρχὰς καὶ στρατηγίας App.BC4.15

    .
    4 ἐ. ἐπί τι lead to, entail,

    ἐπ' ἀλγοῦν Epicur.Sent.26

    ,30.
    III intr., withdraw, retreat, X. Cyr.4.1.3; revert,

    ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν Plb.3.5.9

    , etc.; recur, in argument,

    ὅθεν ἐξέβην Jul.Or.7.226c

    ; return,

    ἐπὶ ὕψιστον LXXSi.17.26

    ; turn back, ἀπὸ δικαιοσύνης εἰς ἁμαρτίαν ib.26.28.
    2

    ἐ. τῷ σώματι

     recover one's health,

    Apollon.Perg.Con.1

     Praef.
    IV put out to sea,

    τὸ κέρας ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς X.HG6.2.28

    : abs., Ev.Luc.5.3:—[voice] Pass., put to sea against,

    τινί Hdt.9.98

    ; ἐπανάγεσθαι ταῖς ναυσί with one's ships, Th. 8.42: abs., Hdt.7.194, X.HG2.1.24; ἐπὶ τὴν Χίον ib.1.6.38; sail up the Nile, Pstrassb.102.19 (iii B.C.).
    V [voice] Pass., also, to be carried to a place,

    ἐπαναχθέντας Hdt.4.103

    , where however the v.l. ἐπαναχθέντες (in signf. iv) is to be preferred.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπανάγω

  • 5 λανθάνω

    λανθάνω, Pi.Fr.75.13, etc.:—also [full] λήθω (which is the form of the [voice] Act. generally used in compds., δια-λανθάνω being the sole exception), Il.23.323, S.OT 1325 (lyr.), X.Smp.4.48; [dialect] Dor. [full] λάθω [pron. full] [ᾱ] S.El. 222 (lyr.); inf.
    A

    λᾱθέμεν Pi.O.1.64

    : [tense] impf.

    ἐλάνθανον Il.13.721

    , etc.;

    ἔληθον Od.19.151

    , S.El. 1359; [dialect] Ep.

    λῆθον Il.15.461

    ; [dialect] Ion.

    λήθεσκεν 24.13

    : [tense] fut.

    λήσω Od.11.102

    , Ar.Ec.98, etc.; [dialect] Aeol.inf.

    λᾱσην Alc.Supp.22.8

    ; [dialect] Dor.

    λᾱσῶ Theoc.14.9

    , al., so (in late writers) λήσομαι, v. infr. c. 11: [tense] aor. 1

    ἔλησα Nic.Al. 280

     (but Hom. has ἐπ-έλησα, Alc. ἐξ-έλᾱσα, in causal sense): [tense] aor. 2

    ἔλᾰθον Il.17.676

    , etc. (for λέλᾰθον, v. infr. B): [tense] pf.

    λέληθα Semon.7.9

    , Sol.13.27; [dialect] Aeol.part.

    λελᾱθων Alc.Supp.26.8

    : [tense] plpf. ἐλελήθειν, [dialect] Att. - ήθη, Th.8.33, Ar.Eq. 822, Nu. 380, Luc.Pr.Im. 15; [dialect] Ion.[ per.] 3sg.

    ἐλελήθεε Hdt.6.79

    .
    B causal [full] ληθάνω, [tense] aor. 2 λέλᾰθον, v. infr. B.
    C [voice] Med. and [voice] Pass.,

    λανθάνομαι Arist.Po. 1455a25

     (s.v.l.),

    λήθομαι Il.11.790

    , A.Ag.39; [dialect] Dor. λάθομαι [ᾱ] Pi.O.8.72: [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf.

    λανθανόμην Od.12.227

    : [tense] fut.

    λήσομαι 1.308

    ; [dialect] Dor.

    λᾱσεῦμαι Theoc.4.39

    , also

    λελήσομαι E.Alc. 198

    : [tense] aor. 1 ἐλησάμην or λησάμην only in late [dialect] Ep., Maiist.47, Mosch.3.62 ([dialect] Dor. λᾱς-), Q.S.3.99, etc.; also ἐλήσθην, [dialect] Dor. inf.

    λασθῆμεν Theoc.2.46

    , cf. διαλανθάνω: [tense] aor. 2 ἐλᾰθόμην, [dialect] Ep. λαθ-, Il.13.835, E.Hipp. 289: rare in Prose exc. in compds., Plu.Caes.38; also [dialect] Ep. redupl. λελάθοντο, etc., v. infr. c: [tense] pf.

    λέλησμαι S.El. 342

    , Pl.Phdr. 252a; [dialect] Ep. λέλασμαι, part. λελασμένος, etc.; cf. ἐπιλήθω.
    A in most of the act. tenses, escape notice (freq. joined with a neg.):—Constr.:
    1 c. acc. pers. only, escape his notice,

    λάθε δ' Ἕκτορα Il.22.277

    ;

    οὐδέ σε λήσει 23.326

    ;

    οὐ λῆθε Διὸς πυκινὸν νόον 15.461

    , cf. Od.11.102, al.; [

    τοῦτον] οὐκ ἔστι λαθεῖν ὄμματα φωτός A.Ag. 796

     (anap.);

    οὐ λάθει μ' ὀργά S.El. 222

     (lyr.), cf. Ph. 207 (lyr.);

    τουτί μ' ἐλελήθειν Ar.Nu. 380

    ; εἰ λανθάνει σε perhaps you don't know, Men. Sam.78: impers., λεληθέναι οὐ θαυμάζω τὸ πλῆθος περὶ τούτου it escaped the notice of the people, X.Hier.2.5; σὲ δὲ λέληθεν περὶ τοῦτο ὡς .. Pl. Lg. 903c.
    2 most freq. with a part. added, in which case we usually translate the part. by a Verb, and express λανθάνω by an Adv., unawares, without being observed; either,
    a c. acc. pers., ἄλλον τινὰ λήθω μαρνάμενος I am unseen by others while fighting, i.e. 1 fight unseen by them, Il.13.273;

    πάντας ἐλάνθανε δάκρυα λείβων Od.8.93

    , cf. 12.17, 220, 19.88, al., Pi.O.1.64, 6.36, Hdt.8.25: freq. in Trag. and [dialect] Att., μὴ λάθῃ με προσπεσών lest he come on unseen by me, S.Ph.46, cf. 156 (lyr.); ὅπως μὴ λήσουσιν αὐτοὺς αἱ νῆες.. ἀφορμηθεῖσαι should put to sea without their observing them, Th.8.10; or,
    b without an acc., φονέα ἐλάνθανε βόσκων he maintained the murderer unawares, Hdt.1.44;

    λέληθας ἐχθρὸς ὤν S.OT 415

    ;

    δουλεύων λέληθας Ar.V. 517

    ;

    συνέβη δὲ ὑπερημέρῳ γενομένῳ λαθεῖν D.21.89

    : the reflex. Pron. may be supplied and is sts. added,

    λέληθεν αὑτὸν τοῖς ξυνοῦσιν ὢν βαρύς S.Fr. 103

    ;

    ἕως σαυτὸν λάθοις διαρραγείς Ar. Pax32

    , cf. Nu. 242, X.An.6.3.22: sts., however, a different object must be supplied from the context, βάλλοντες ἐλάνθανον (not ἑαυτούς, but Τρῶας) Il. 13.721;

    ἐλάνθανε [πάντας] ἔχων Hdt.8.5

    ; μὴ διαφθαρεὶς λάθῃ [τινὰ ὁ βίος] S.Ph. 506;

    μὴ λάθῃ [ἡμᾶς] φύγδα βάς A.Eu. 256

     (lyr.), cf. Th. 4.133, etc.—In a few examples this constr. is reversed, and λαθών is put in the part., as in our idiom, ἀπὸ τείχεος ἆλτο λαθών (for ἔλαθεν ἁλόμενος) Il.12.390;

    ἣ.. λήθουσά μ' ἐξέπινες S.Ant. 532

    .
    4 folld. by a relat. clause, οὐδέ με λήθεις, ὅττι θεῶν τίς σ' ἦγε thou escapest me not, it is not unknown to me, that some god led thee, Il.24.563; οὐδέ ἑ λήθει, ὅππως .. 23.323; ἐδόκεες θεοὺς λήσειν οἷα ἐμηχανῶ thou thought'st to escape the gods' notice in.., Hdt.8.106;

    οὔκουν με.. οἷα πράττεις λανθάνει Ar.Eq. 465

    ; οὐ λανθάνεις με, ὅτι .. X.Mem.3.5.24, cf. Smp.3.6, 13; ὁ γείτων λ. τινὰ οὐ μόνον ὅτι πράττει, ἀλλ' εἰ .. Pl.Tht. 174b.
    B causal, make one forget a thing, c. gen. rei, in compds. ἐκληθάνω, ἐπι-λήθω; the simple Verb only in [dialect] Ep. redupl. [tense] aor. 2, ὄφρα.. λελάθῃ ὀδυνάων that.. he may cause him to forget his pains, Il.15.60;

    πόλιν λελάθοιτε συντυχιᾶν Lyr.Adesp.140.9

    : but
    II in late [dialect] Ep., λέλαθον, = ἔλαθον, escaped notice of, ἑὸν νόον, τοκῆας, A.R.2.226, 3.779, cf. Orph.A. 876.
    C [voice] Med. and [voice] Pass., let a thing escape one, forget,
    1 forget simply, in [tense] pres. (abs.),

    σὺ δὲ λήθεαι Il.11.790

    : c. gen.,

    Κίρκης μὲν ἐφημοσύνης.. λανθανόμην Od.12.227

    , cf. Pi.O.8.72;

    οὔ ποτε λήσομαι αὐτῶν Od.1.308

    ;

    ἄλγος, οὗ ποτ' οὐ λελήσεται E.Alc. 198

    : mostly in [tense] aor. 2,

    ἀλκῆς λαθέσθαι A.Supp. 731

    ;

    νόστου τε λαθέσθαι Od.9.97

    ; πῶς ἂν.. Ὀδυσῆος.. λαθοίμην; 1.65: also in redupl. [tense] aor.,

    οὐδὲ σέθεν.. θεοὶ μάκαρες λελάθοντο Il.4.127

    ;

    μή τίς μοι ἀπειλάων λελαθέσθω 16.200

    ;

    οὐ δυνάμην λελαθέσθ' Ἄτης 19.136

     (but in Hes.Th. 471 like the [voice] Act., ὅπως λελάθοιτο τεκοῦσα that she might bear unknown): so in [tense] pf.,

    τῶν δὲ λέλασται Il.5.834

    ;

    ἐμεῖο λελασμένος 23.69

    ;

    κείνου λελῆσθαι S. El. 342

    , etc.;

    ἑταίρων πάντων λέλησται Pl.Phdr. 252a

    : with a relat. clause,

    λελασμένος ὅσσ' ἐπεπόνθει Od.13.92

    : [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, once in S., οὐδέ ποτε λησόμενον οἷον ἔφυ κακόν never will be forgotten, El.1249 (lyr.); cf. ἐπιλανθάνω.
    2 forget purposely, pass over, ἢ λάθετ' ἢ οὐκ ἐνόησεν either he chose to forget it.., Il.9.537;

    μαθοῦσιν αὐδῶ, κοὐ μαθοῦσι λήθομαι A.Ag.39

    .
    II in later writers [tense] fut. [voice] Med. is used like [voice] Act., escape notice,

    ἡμᾶς Arist.APr. 66a31

    , cf. A.R.3.737, Luc.Sacr.14: abs., Alciphr.3.52

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λανθάνω

  • 6 σημεῖον

    σημεῖον, τό, [dialect] Ion. [full] σημήϊον, [dialect] Dor. [full] σᾱμήϊον IG12(3).452 (Thera, iv B.C.), [full] σᾱμεῖον IPE12.352.25 (Chersonesus, ii B.C.), IG5(1).1390.16 (Andania, i B.C.), [full] σᾱμᾶον CIG5168 ([place name] Cyrene):—= σῆμα in all senses, and more common in Prose, but never in Hom. or Hes.:
    A mark by which a thing is known, Hdt.2.38;

    σημεῖα τῶν δεδικασμένων.., σημεῖα πάντων ὧν ἔπραξαν Pl.R. 614c

    ; sign of the future, τυραννίδος ς. A.Ag. 1355;

    σ. λαβεῖν ἔκ τινος E.Hipp. 514

    ; trace, track,

    σημεῖα δ' οὔτε θηρὸς οὔτε του κυνῶν.. ἐξεφαίνετο S.Ant. 257

    , cf. El. 886;

    τῆς καταβάσεως X.An.6.2.2

    ; of a cork on a buoy, Paus.8.12.1.
    b [dialect] Dor., tomb, IG12(3).452 (iv B.C.), CIGl.c.
    2 sign from the gods, omen, S.OC94;

    τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν θεῶν σ. γενόμενα Antipho 5.81

    , cf. Pl.Phdr. 244c, Ap. 40b, X.Cyr.1.6.1; wonder, portent, LXX Ex.4.8, al.;

    σ. καὶ τέρατα Plb.3.112.8

    , Ev.Matt.24.24, Ev.Jo.4.48, cf. IPEl.c., D.S.17.114;

    φόβηθρα καὶ σ. ἀπ' οὐρανοῦ Ev.Luc.21.11

    ; esp. of the constellations, regarded as signs,

    δύεται σημεῖα E.Rh. 529

     (lyr.), cf. Ion 1157.
    3 sign or signal to do a thing, made by flags, ἀνέδεξε σημήϊον τοῖσι ἄλλοισι ἀνάγεσθαι he made signal for the rest to put to sea, Hdt.7.128; signal for battle, τὰ σ. ἤρθη, κατεσπάσθη, Th.1.49,63, etc.; καθαιρεῖν τὸ ς. to take it down, strike the flag, as a sign of dissolving an assembly, And.1.36; τὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ς. Ar.Th. 278; ὕστερος ἐλθεῖν τοῦ ς. Id.V. 690: generally, signal,

    σ. ὑποδηλῶσαί τινι ὅτι.. Id.Th. 1011

    ;

    τὰ σ. αὐτοῖς ἤρθη Th.4.42

    ; τὸ σ. τοῦ πυρός, ὡς εἴρητο, ἀνέσχον ib. 111; signal to commence work, [

    ἡ] τοῦ σημείου ἄρσις Ath.Mitt.35.403

     (Pergam.); σημείῳ ἀβαστάκτῳ, σημείοις ἀβαστάκτοις with unremoved signal (s), of gymnasia, i.e. never closed, IGRom.4.446 (ibid.), Abh.Berl.Akad.1932(5).44(ibid., ii A.D.).
    4 standard or flag, on the admiral's ship, Hdt.8.92; on the general's tent, X.Cyr.8.5.13; ἔξω τῶν ς. out of the lines, ib.8.3.19.
    b body of troops under one standard or flag, PAmh.2.39.2 (ii B.C.); cf.

    σημεία 1.2

    .
    5 landmark, boundary, limit, ἔξω τῶν σ. τοῦ ὑμετέρου ἐμπορίου out of the limits of your commercial port, D.35.28; of milestones, Plu.CG7, Hdn.2.13.9.
    6 device upon a shield, Hdt.1.171, E.Ph. 1114; upon ships, figure-head, Ar.Ra. 933, Th.6.31, E.IA 255 (lyr.).
    7 signet on ring, etc., Ar.Eq. 952, V. 585, Pl.Tht. 191d, al., X.HG5.1.30, D.42.2, PRev.Laws 26.5 (iii B.C.); figure, image,

    Διὸς κτησίου Anticl.13

    ; badge,

    τρίαιναν σ. θεοῦ A.Supp. 218

    : pl., written characters,

    γράψαι σημήϊα.. φωνῆς IG14.1549

     ([place name] Rome).
    b pl. ([dialect] Dor.) σαμεῖα, stripes, ib.5(1).1390.16 (Andania, i B.C.); clavi· σημεῖα, Gloss.
    8 watchword, war-cry, Plb.5.69.8;

    ἀπὸ σ. ἑνὸς ἐπιστρέφειν τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90

    , cf.X.HG6.2.28.
    9 birthmark or distinguishing feature, Wilcken Chr.76.14 (ii A.D.), Sammelb.15.27 (ii A.D.), etc.
    II sign, token, indication of anything that is or is to be, S.OT 1059, E.Ph. 1332;

    σ. φαίνεις ἐσθλὸς.. γεγώς S.El.24

    , cf. OT 710;

    τέχνης σ. τῆς ἐμῆς Id.Ant. 998

    ; so later

    τὰ σ. τῶν καιρῶν Ev.Matt.16.3

    , etc.
    2 in reasoning, a sign or proof, Ar.Nu. 369, Th.1.6,10, And. 2.25, etc.;

    τούτων ὑμῖν σημεῖα δείξω Aeschin.2.103

    , cf. 3.46;

    τάδε τὰ σ. ὡς.. X.Ages.1.5

    ;

    σ. εἰ.. Pl.Grg. 520e

    ; ὅτι ἀγαθὸς ἦν.., τοῦτο μέγιστον ς. Id.Min. 321b; τὸ μὴ ἐκδυθῆναι οὐδὲν σ. ἐστι is no proof to the contrary, Antipho 2.2.5; also, instance, example, Hp.VM 20; σημεῖον δέ· to introduce an argument, D.21.149, Isoc.4.86,107, etc.
    3 in the Logic of Arist., a sign used as a probable argument in proof of a conclusion, opp. τεκμήριον (a demonstrative or certain proof), APr. 70a11, SE 167b9, Rh. 1357a33.
    b in Stoic and Epicurean philos., sign as observable basis of inference to the unobserved or unobservable, Epicur.Ep.2p.43U., Phld.Sign.27, al., S.E.M.8.142, al.; περὶ σημείων (dub. sens.), title of work by Zeno, Stoic.1.14.
    4 Medic., symptom, Hp.Morb.3.6, 15, Aret.SD1.9, Gal.1.313, 18(2).306.
    b = Lat. lenticula, a kind of skin-eruption, Cels.6.5.1.
    5 pl., shorthand symbols, Plu.Cat.Mi.23, Gal. Libr.Propr.1, POxy.724.3 (ii A.D.), Lib.Or.42.25.
    6 critical mark, Heph.Poëm.p.73C., D.L.3.65.
    III = στιγμή, mathematical point, Arist.APo. 76b5, Ph. 240b3, Euc.Def.1, al.; also ς. (with or without χρόνου) point of time, instant, Arist.Cael. 283a11, Ph. 262b2sq.
    2 in Prosody and Music, unit of time, Aristid.Quint.1.14, Longin.Proll. Heph.5.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > σημεῖον

  • 7 ἐπί

    ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)
    ① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near
    ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.
    ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.
    α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).
    β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).
    ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)
    α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.
    β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.
    γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.
    ② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near
    ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.
    ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.
    ③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.
    ④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on
    ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).
    ⓑ w. acc.
    α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.
    β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.
    γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.
    δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.
    ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.
    ⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.
    ⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)
    ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.
    ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.
    ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.
    ⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).
    ⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).
    ⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over
    ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.
    ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.
    ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.
    ⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.
    ⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.
    ⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against
    ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).
    ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.
    ⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.
    ⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about
    ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.
    ⓑ w. acc.
    α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.
    β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).
    ⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.
    ⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.
    ⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.
    ⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for
    ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.
    ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).
    ⓒ w. acc.
    α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).
    β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί

  • 8 παραβάλλω

    παραβάλλω, [tense] fut. - βᾰλῶ: [tense] aor. 2 παρέβᾰλον: [tense] pf. - βέβληκα:—
    A throw beside or by, throw to one, as fodder to horses,

    παρὰ δέ σφισι βάλλετ' ἐδωδήν Il.8.504

    , cf. 5.369;

    πὰρ δ' ἔβαλον ζειάς Od.4.41

    ;

    π. [τοῖς ἵπποις] ἀμβροσίαν Pl.Phdr. 247e

    ;

    π. τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοῖς ὄχλοις Plb.38.17.2

    ; πυρὶ φρύγανα π. add fuel to the flame, Arr.Epict.2.18.5, cf. 2.18.12:— [voice] Pass., παραβληθῆναι [τοῖς θηρίοις] D.C.59.10; τάριχος.. ἀπόνως παραβεβλημένον thrown carelessly before people, Ar.Fr. 333:—[voice] Med., μάζας ἐπὶ κάλαμον παραβαλλόμενοι ordering them to be served up, Pl.R. 372b.
    2 hold out to one as a bait, X.Cyn.11.2.
    II expose, παρέβαλέν τ' ἐμὲ παρὰ γένος ἀνόσιον put me in their power, Ar.Av. 333 (lyr.);

    τῇ τύχῃ.. αὑτὸν π. Philippid.6

     (v.l. for προ-) ; ἂν δ' ἀληθινὸν σαυτὸν παραβάλλῃς if you present, show yourself.., Posidipp.26:—freq. in [voice] Med., expose oneself or what is one's own to hazard or danger, αἰὲν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν παραβαλλόμενος πολεμίζειν risking it in war, Il.9.322; π. τὰ τέκνα risk the lives of one's children, Hdt.7.10.

    θ; παῖδας Th.2.44

    ; πλείω παραβαλλόμενοι having greater interests at stake, Id.3.65;

    οὐκ ἴσα π. X.Cyr.2.3.11

    : [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. in med. sense, Λακεδαιμονίοις πλεῖστον δὴ παραβεβλημένοι having risked far the most upon them, Th.5.113; also

    τὸν κίνδυνον τῶν σωμάτων παραβαλλομένους Id.3.14

    ; venture,

    πρὸς τὴν θάλατταν ὅταν -βάλωνται Plb.1.37.9

    ;

    π. καὶ τολμᾶν Id.18.53.2

    : c. dat.,

    π. τοῖς ὅλοις Id.2.26.6

    ;

    τῷ βίῳ IG12(3).1286.22

     ([place name] Astypalaea): c. inf., venture to do, Plu.Pel.8:—[voice] Pass., παραβεβλημένον τι εἰπεῖν make an unguarded statement, Philostr.VA4.42.
    b in wagering, deposit one's stake, Plu.Cat.Mi.44.
    2 compare one with another, Isoc.9.34, etc.;

    τι παρά τι Pl.Grg. 472c

    ; π. [ἵππον] ἵππῳ match one against another, X.Eq.9.8:—in [voice] Med., παραβάλλομαί σοι (sc. ὄρνιθι) θρήνους I set my songs against.., E.IT 1094 (lyr.): abs., παραβαλλόμεναι vying with one another, Id.Andr. 289 (lyr.); [

    ἀφορμὰς] αἷς οὔτε Ἁρμόδιος παραβεβλήσεται Philostr.VA5.34

    :—freq. in [voice] Pass.,

    π. τινί Hdt.4.198

    ;

    πρός τι Hp.Art.51

    , X.Mem.2.4.5;

    παρά τι Pl.Grg. 475e

    ; ἀπάτα δ' ἀπάταις παραβαλλομένα one piece of treachery set against another, S.OC 231 (lyr.).
    3 bring alongside, in [voice] Med., τὴν ἄκατον παραβάλλου bring your boat alongside, heave to, Ar.Eq. 762;

    ἐφόλκιον Plu.Pomp.73

    ; also

    π. τὼ κωπίω Ar.Ra. 269

    : abs., παραβαλοῦ ib. 180: metaph., παραβάλλου λοιδορῶν avast with your abuse! Plu.2.711d.
    IV throw, turn, bend sideways, ὄμμα π. θύννου δίκην cast it askance, A.Fr. 308;

    τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν παράβαλλ' ἐς Καρίαν Ar.Eq. 173

    ;

    τὠφθαλμὼ παραβάλλεις Id.Nu. 362

     (referred to by Pl.Smp. 221b);

    π. τὸ ἕτερον οὖς πλάγιον X.Cyn.5.32

    ; π. τὰ ὦτα apply one's ears to listen, Pl.R. 531a;

    παραβαλὼν τὴν κεφαλήν Id.Phd. 103a

    ; Ἡρακλεῖ στόμα π. lend one's mouth to Heracles, i.e. join in his praise, Pi.P.9.87 (v.l. περιβ-) ; π. τοὺς γομφίους lay to one's grinders, Ar. Pax34; π. τὸ θύριον τοῦ λόγου, metaph., put to the door.., close it, Plu.2.94 of.
    V deposit with one, entrust to him,

    τινί τι Hdt.2.154

    .
    VI in [voice] Med., deceive, betray, Id.1.108, Th.1.133, Alc.Com.30 ([voice] Act. in the same sense, Hsch.; cf. παραβαλλέταιρος).
    VII Geom., π. παρά .. apply a figure to a finite line,

    παραλληλόγραμμον π. παρὰ εὐθεῖαν Euc.6.27

    , cf. Archim.Aequil.2.1.
    2 since to apply an area xy to a line of length x is to divide xy by x, π. = divide,

    τι παρά τι Dioph.5.10

    , al.; cf. παρά C. 1.4c.
    B intr., come near, approach, Pl.Ly. 203b, PPetr.3p.102 (iii B. C.), etc.; enter, Arist.Pol. 1331a34; π. ἀλλήλοις meet one another, Pl.R. 556c; f.l. for περιβάλῃ, ib. 499b;

    παρέβαλεν Ἀναξιμένει τῷ ῥήτορι

     was a pupil of

    A.

    , Plu.2.846f.
    II go by sea, cross over,

    παρέβαλε νηυσὶ ἰθὺ Σκιάθου Hdt.7.179

    , cf. Philipp. ap. D.12.16, Arist.Mir. 836a29; of ships,

    ναῦς Πελοποννησίων ἐς Ἰωνίαν π. Th.3.32

    .
    III come alongside, bring to,

    περὶ Ῥόδον παραβαλόντος ναυτικοῦ στόλου Arist.GA 763a31

    ; παραβαλόντες τῇ πεντήρει having come alongside of her, in a sea-fight, Plb.15.2.12, cf. 1.22.9: generally, come to land, of quails, Arist.HA 597b15:—in [voice] Med., put in,

    πρός τινας Philostr. VA6.16

    .
    V Astrol., to be in the same right ascension as, c. dat., Cat.Cod.Astr.1.113, 5(1).188.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > παραβάλλω

  • 9 βάλλω

    βάλλω fut. βαλῶ; 2 aor. ἔβαλον, 3 pl. ἔβαλον Lk 23:34 (Ps 21:19); Ac 16:23 and ἔβαλαν Ac 16:37 (B-D-F §81, 3; Mlt-H. 208); pf. βέβληκα (on this form s. lit. in LfgrE s.v. βάλλω col. 25). Pass.: 1 fut. βληθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐβλήθην; pf. βέβλημαι; plpf. ἐβεβλήμην (Hom.+) gener. to put someth. into motion by throwing, used from the time of Hom. either with a suggestion of force or in a gentler sense; opp. of ἁμαρτάνω ‘miss the mark’.
    ① to cause to move from one location to another through use of forceful motion, throw
    ⓐ w. simple obj. scatter seed on the ground (Diod S 1, 36, 4; Ps 125:6 v.l. [ARahlfs, Psalmi cum Odis ’31]) Mk 4:26; 1 Cl 24:5; AcPlCor 2:26; in a simile, of the body τὸ σῶμα … βληθέν vs. 27; εἰς κῆπον Lk 13:19; cast lots (Ps 21:19; 1 Ch 25:8 al.; Jos., Ant. 6, 61) Mt 27:35; Mk 15:24; Lk 23:34; J 19:24; B 6:6.
    ⓑ throw τινί τι Mt 15:26; Mk 7:27. τὶ ἔμπροσθέν τινος Mt 7:6 (β.= throw something before animals: Aesop, Fab. 275b H./158 P./163 H.). τὶ ἀπό τινος throw someth. away (fr. someone) Mt 5:29f; 18:8f (Teles p. 60, 2 ἀποβάλλω of the eye). τὶ ἔκ τινος: ὕδωρ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὀπίσω τινός spew water out of the mouth after someone Rv 12:15f; β. ἔξω = ἐκβάλλειν throw out J 12:31 v.l.; 2 Cl 7:4; s. ἐκβάλλω 1. Of worthless salt Mt 5:13; Lk 14:35; of bad fish throw away Mt 13:48 (cp. Κυπρ. I p. 44 no. 43 κόπρια βάλλειν probably = throw refuse away); τὶ ἐπί τινα: throw stones at somebody J 8:7, 59 (cp. Sir 22:20; 27:25; Jos., Vi. 303); in a vision of the future dust on one’s head Rv 18:19; as an expression of protest τὶ εἴς τι dust into the air Ac 22:23 (D εἰς τ. οὐρανόν toward the sky); cast, throw nets into the lake Mt 4:18; J 21:6; cp. vs. 7; a fishhook Mt 17:27 (cp. Is 19:8). Pass., into the sea, lake Mt 13:47; Mk 9:42; βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν throw yourself into the sea Mt 21:21; Mk 11:23.— Throw into the fire (Jos., Ant. 10, 95 and 215) Mt 3:10; Mk 9:22; Lk 3:9; J 15:6; into Gehenna Mt 5:29; 18:9b; 2 Cl 5:4; into the stove Mt 6:30; 13:42, 50 (cp. Da 3:21); Lk 12:28; 2 Cl 8:2. β. ἑαυτὸν κάτω throw oneself down Mt 4:6; Lk 4:9 (cp. schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1212–14a εἰς τὸν κρημνὸν ἑαυτὸν ἔβαλε; Jos., Bell. 4, 28).—Rv 8:7f; 12:4, 9 (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 57; 28 p. 264, 18 of throwing out of heaven ἐκβληθέντα κατελθεῖν εἰς Ἅιδου), 13; 14:19; 18:21; 19:20; 20:3, 10, 14f; thrown into a grave AcPlCor 2:32 (cp. τὰ νεκρούμενα καὶ εἰς γῆν βαλλόμενα Just., A I, 18, 6).—Of physical disability βεβλημένος lying (Jos., Bell. 1, 629) ἐπὶ κλίνης β. Mt 9:2; cp. Mk 7:30. Throw on a sickbed Rv 2:22. Pass. abs. (Conon [I B.C./I A.D.] 26 Fgm. 1, 17 Jac. βαλλομένη θνήσκει) lie on a sickbed (cp. Babrius 103, 4 κάμνων ἐβέβλητο [ἔκειτο L-P.]) Mt 8:6, 14. ἐβέβλητο πρὸς τὸν πυλῶνα he lay before the door Lk 16:20 (ἐβέβλητο as Aesop, Fab. 284 H.; Jos., Ant. 9, 209; Field, Notes 70).—Fig. εἰς ἀθυμίαν β. τινά plunge someone into despondency 1 Cl 46:9.
    ⓒ to cause or to let fall down, let fall of a tree dropping its fruit Rv 6:13; throw down 18:21a, to destruction ibid. b.
    ② to force out of or into a place, throw (away), drive out, expel ἐβλήθη ἔξω he is (the aor. emphasizes the certainty of the result, and is gnomic [B-D-F §333; Rob. 836f; s. Hdb. ad loc.]) thrown away/out, i.e. expelled fr. the fellowship J 15:6. drive out into the desert B 7:8; throw into prison Mt 18:30; Rv 2:10 (Epict. 1, 1, 24; 1, 12, 23; 1, 29, 6 al.; PTebt 567 [53/54 A.D.]). Pass. be thrown into the lions’ den 1 Cl 45:6 (cp. Da 6:25 Theod. v.l.; Bel 31 Theod. v.l.); εἰς τὸ στάδιον AcPl Ha 4, 13. Fig. love drives out fear 1J 4:18.
    ③ to put or place someth. in a location, put, place, apply, lay, bring
    ⓐ w. simple obj. κόπρια β. put manure on, apply m. Lk 13:8 (POxy 934, 9 μὴ οὖν ἀμελήσῃς τοῦ βαλεῖν τὴν κόπρον).
    ⓑ w. indication of the place to which τὶ εἴς τι: put money into the temple treasury Mk 12:41–44; Lk 21:1–4 (in the context Mk 12:43f; Lk 21:3f suggest sacrifical offering by the widow); τὰ βαλλόμενα contributions (s. γλωσσόκομον and cp. 2 Ch 24:10) J 12:6; put a finger into an ear when healing Mk 7:33; difft. J 20:25, 27 (exx. from medical lit. in Rydbeck 158f); to determine virginal purity by digital exploration GJs 19:3; put a sword into the scabbard J 18:11; place bits into mouths Js 3:3; εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν take into the pool J 5:7; cp. Ox 840, 33f; πολλὰ θηρία εἰς τὸν Παῦλον many animals let loose against Paul AcPl Ha 5, 4f (here β. suggests the rush of the animals); β. εἰς τὴν καρδίαν put into the heart J 13:2 (cp. Od. 1, 201; 14, 269; Pind., O. 13, 16 [21] πολλὰ δʼ ἐν καρδίαις ἔβαλον; schol. on Pind., P. 4, 133; Plut., Timol. 237 [3, 2]; Herm. Wr. 6, 4 θεῷ τῷ εἰς νοῦν μοι βαλόντι). Of liquids: pour (Epict. 4, 13, 12; PLond III, 1177, 46 p. 182 [113 A.D.]; Judg 6:19 B) wine into skins Mt 9:17; Lk 5:37f; water into a basin (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 18 [Stone p. 62] βάλε ὕδωρ ἐπὶ τῆς λεκάνης ἵνα νίψωμεν τοὺς πόδας τοῦ ξένου [cp. TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 1 [Stone p. 8] ἔνεγκέ μοι ἐπὶ τῆς λ.]; Vi. Aesopi W 61 p. 92, 29f P. βάλε ὕδωρ εἰς τ. λεκάνην καὶ νίψον μου τοὺς πόδας; PGM 4, 224; 7, 319 βαλὼν εἰς αὐτὸ [the basin] ὕδωρ) J 13:5; wormwood in honey Hm 5, 1, 5; ointment on the body Mt 26:12.—βάρος ἐπί τινα put a burden on some one Rv 2:24. δρέπανον ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν swing the sickle on the earth as on a harvest field Rv 14:19. Cp. ἐπʼ αὐτὸν τὰς χείρας J 7:44 v.l. (s. ἐπιβάλλω 1b). Lay down crowns (wreaths) before the throne Rv 4:10.
    ⓒ other usage ῥίζας β. send forth roots, take root like a tree, fig. (Polemon, Decl. 2, 54 ὦ ῥίζας ἐξ ἀρετῆς βαλλόμενος) 1 Cl 39:8 (Job 5:3).
    ④ to bring about a change in state or condition, εἰρήνην, μάχαιραν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν bring peace, the sword on earth Mt 10:34 (Jos., Ant. 1, 98 ὀργὴν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν βαλεῖν); χάριν ἐπʼ αὐτήν God showed her (Mary) favor GJs 7:3. τὶ ἐνώπιόν τινος: σκάνδαλον place a stumbling-block Rv 2:14.
    ⑤ to entrust money to a banker for interest, deposit money (τί τινι as Quint. Smyrn. 12, 250 in a difft. context) w. the bankers (to earn interest; cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 59 τὸ βαλλόμενον κέρμα; so also Diog. L. 2, 20) Mt 25:27.
    ⑥ to move down suddenly and rapidly, rush down, intr. (Hom.; Epict. 2, 20, 10; 4, 10, 29; POslo 45, 2; En 18:6 ὄρη … εἰς νότον βάλλοντα ‘in a southern direction’. Cp. Rdm.2 23; 28f; Rob. 799; JStahl, RhM 66, 1911, 626ff) ἔβαλεν ἄνεμος a storm rushed down Ac 27:14. (s. Warnecke 36 n. 9).—B. 673. Schmidt, Syn. III 150–66. DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > βάλλω

  • 10 εἰς

    εἰς or [full] ἐς, PREP. WITH ACC. ONLY:—both forms are found in Hom., [dialect] Ion. poets, and early metrical Inscrr.; ἐς is best attested in Hdt. and Hp., and is found in nearly all early [dialect] Ion. Inscrr. (exc. IG12(8).262.16 (Thasos, v B. C.), ib.7.235.1 (Oropus, iv B. C.)); εἰς in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. from iv B. C., IG2.115, etc.; and usu. in [dialect] Att. Prose (exc. Th.) and Com. (exc. in parody): Trag. apptly. prefer εἰς, but ἐς is used before vowels metri gr.; ἐς was retained in the phrases ἐς κόρακας (whence the Verb σκορακίζω) , ἐς μακαρίαν. [dialect] Aeol. poets have εἰς before vowels, ἐς before consonants, and this is given as the rule in Hom. by An.Ox. 1.172, cf. Hellad. ap. Phot.Bibl.p.533B. (Orig. ἐνς, as in IG4.554.7 ([place name] Argos), GDI4986.11 ([place name] Crete); cf. ἐν, ἰν. The diphthong is genuine in [dialect] Aeol. εἰς, but spurious in [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion.) Radical sense
    A into, and then more loosely, to:
    I OF PLACE, the oldest and commonest usage, εἰς ἅλα into or to the sea, Il.1.141, al.;

    εἰς ἅλαδε Od.10.351

    ;

    ἔς ῥ' ἀσαμίνθους 4.48

    ; ἐς οἶνον βάλε φάρμακον ib. 220; freq. of places, to,

    εἰς Εὔβοιαν 3.174

    ; ἐς Αἴγυπτον, etc., Hdt.1.5, etc.; ἐς Μίλητον into the territory of Miletus, ib.14;

    εἰς Ἑλλήσποντον εἰσέπλει X.HG1.1.2

    ;

    ἀφίκετο εἰς Μήδους πρὸς Κυαξάρην Id.Cyr.2.1.2

    ; εἰς ἅρματα βαίνειν to step into.., Il.8.115;

    εἰς ἐλάτην ἀναβῆναι 14.287

    ; opp. ἐκ, in such phrases as ἐς σφυρὸν ἐκ πτέρνης, ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς, from heel to ankle-joint, from head to foot, 22.397, 23.169;

    ἐκ πάτου ἐς σκοπιήν 20.137

    ;

    ἐς μυχὸν ἐξ οὐδοῦ Od.7.87

    ; κἠς ἔτος ἐξ ἔτεος from year to year, Theoc. 18.15: with Verbs implying motion or direction, as of looking,

    ἰδεῖν εἰς οὐρανόν Il.3.364

    ; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι to look in the face, 9.373, etc.; εἰς ὦπα ἔοικεν he is like in face (sc. ἰδόντι), 3.158, etc.; ἐς ὀφθαλμούς τινος ἐλθεῖν to come before another's eyes, 24.204;

    ἐς ὄψιν ἀπικνέεσθαί τινος Hdt.1.136

    ;

    καλέσαι τινὰ ἐς ὄψιν Id.5.106

    , etc.; ἐς ταὐτὸν ἥκειν come to the same point, E.Hipp. 273: less freq. after a Subst.,

    ὁδὸς ἐς λαύρην Od.22.128

    ; τὸ ἐς Παλλήνην τεῖχος facing Pallene, Th.1.56;

    ξύνοδος ἐς τὴν Δῆλον Id.3.104

    , cf.Pl.Tht. 173d.
    b [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion., also c. acc. pers. ([dialect] Att. ὡς, πρός, παρά), Il.7.312, 15.402, Od.14.127, Hdt.4.147; also in [dialect] Att. with collective Nouns,

    ἐς τὸν δῆμον παρελθόντες Th. 5.45

    , or plurals,

    εἰς ὑμᾶς εἰσῆλθον D.18.103

    ; esp. of consulting an oracle,

    ἐς θεὸν ἐλθεῖν Pi.O.7.31

    ;

    εἰς Ἄμμων' ἐλθόντες Ar.Av. 619

    .
    2 with Verbs expressing restin a place, when a previous motion into or to it is implied, ἐς μέγαρον κατέθηκεν ἐπὶ θρόνου he put it in the house (i.e. he brought it into the house, and put it there), Od.20.96; ἐς θρόνους ἕζοντο they sat them down upon the seats, 4.51, cf. 1.130; ἐφάνη λὶς εἰς ὁδόν the lion appeared in the path, Il.15.276;

    ἀπόστολος ἐς τὴν Μίλητον ἦν Hdt.1.21

     (s. v.l.);

    αὐτὸς ἐς Αακεδαίμονα ἀπόστολος ἐγίνετο Id.5.38

    ;

    ἐς κώμην παραγίνονται Id.1.185

    ;

    παρῆν ἐς Σάρδις Id.6.1

    ;

    ἐς δόμους μένειν S.Aj.80

     (cod. Laur.);

    ἐς τὴν νῆσον κατέκλῃσε Th.1.109

    , cf. Hdt.3.13; ἀπόβασιν ποιήσασθαι ἐς .. Th.2.33, etc.; later used like ἐν, τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς κατοικεῖτε LXX Nu.35.34;

    τὸ χρυσίον ὃ εἰλήφεσαν εἰς Ῥώμην D.S.14.117

    ;

    οἰκεῖν εἰς τὰ Ὕπατα Luc.Asin.1

    ;

    εἰς Ἐκβάτανα ἀποθανεῖν Ael.VH7.8

    ;

    εἰς ἅπασαν τὴν γῆν Suid.

     s.v. Καλλίμαχος: generally,

    τοὔνομα εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, φασίν, Ἱππομιγὴς δύναται Ael.VH9.16

    .
    4 elliptical usages,
    a after Verbs which have no sense of motion to or into a place, τὴν πόλιν ἐξέλιπον εἰς χωρίον ὀχυρόν they quitted the city for a strong position, i.e. to seek a strong position, X.An.1.2.24; γράμματα ἑάλωσαν εἰς Ἀθήνας letters were captured [and sent] to Athens, Id.HG1.1.23, cf. Pl.R. 468a;

    ἀνίστασθαι ἐς Ἄργος E.Heracl.59

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 116a.
    b participles signifying motion are freq. omitted with εἰς, τοῖς στρατηγοῖς τοῖς εἰς Σικελίαν (sc. ἀποδειχθεῖσιν) And.1.11, etc.
    c c. gen., mostly of proper names, as εἰς Ἀΐδαο, [dialect] Att. εἰς Ἅιδου [δόμους], Il.21.48; ἐς Ἀθηναίης [ἱερόν] to the temple of Athena, 6.379; ἐς Πριάμοιο [οἶκον] 24.160, cf. 309; εἰς Αἰγύπτοιο [ῥόον] Od.4.581;

    ἐς τοῦ Κλεομένεος Hdt.5.51

    ;

    εἰς Ἀσκληπιοῦ Ar.Pl. 411

    ;

    ἐπὶ δεῖπνον [ἰέναι] εἰς Ἀγάθωνος Pl.Smp. 174a

    : with Appellatives, ἀνδρὸς ἐς ἀφνειοῦ to a rich man's house, Il.24.482;

    ἐς πατρός Od.2.195

    ; πέμπειν εἰς διδασκάλων send to school, X.Lac.2.1;

    εἰς δ. φοιτᾶν Pl.Prt. 326c

    ; ἐς σεωυτοῦ, ἑωυτοῦ, Hdt.1.108, 9.108, etc.
    II OF TIME,
    1 to denote a certain point or limit of time, up to, until,

    ἐς ἠῶ Od.11.375

    ; ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα till sunset, 9.161 (but also, towards or near sunset, 3.138);

    ἐκ νεότητος ἐς γῆρας Il.14.86

    ;

    ἐκ παιδὸς ἐς γῆρας Aeschin.1.180

    ; ἐς ἐμέ up to my time, Hdt.1.92, al.: with Advbs., εἰς ὅτε (cf. ἔς τε) against the time when.., Od.2.99; εἰς πότε; until when ? how long ? S.Aj. 1185 (lyr., cf.

    εἰσόκἐ; εἰς ὁπότε Aeschin.3.99

    ; ἐς τί; = εἰς πότε; Il.5.465; ἐς ὅ until, Hdt.1.93, etc.;

    ἐς οὗ Id.1.67

    , 3.31, etc.;

    ἐς τόδε Id.7.29

    , etc.
    2 to determine a period, εἰς ἐνιαυτόν for a year, i.e. a whole year, Il.19.32, Od.4.526; within the year, ib.86 (cf.

    ἐς ἐνίαυτον Alc.Supp.8.12

    );

    εἰς ὥρας Od.9.135

    ; ἐς θέρος ἢ ἐς ὀπώρην for the summer, i.e. throughout it, 14.384; ἡ εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν κειμένη δαπάνη εἰς τὸν μῆνα δαπανᾶται the expenditure for a year is expended in the month, X.Oec.7.36;

    μισθοδοτεῖν τινὰς εἰς ἓξ μῆνας D.S.19.15

    ;

    χοίνικα κριθῶν εἰς τέσσαρας ἡμέρας διεμέτρει Posidon. 36J.

    ; εἰς ἑσπέραν ἥκειν to come at even, Ar.Pl. 998; εἰς τρίτην ἡμέραν or εἰς τρίτην alone, on the third day, in two days, Pl.Hp.Ma. 286b, X.Cyr.5.3.27;

    ἥκειν ἐς τὴν ὑστεραίαν Id.An.2.3.25

    ;

    ἥκειν εἰς τὸ ἔαρ Hell.Oxy.17.4

    ; ἐς τέλος at last, Hdt.3.40; ἐς καιρόν in season, Id.4.139; οὐκ ἐς ἀναβολάς, ἀμβολάς, with no delay, Id.8.21, E.Heracl. 270, etc.; ἐς τότε at this time, v.l. in Od.7.317 (but εἰς τότε at that time (in the [tense] fut.), D.14.24, Pl.Lg. 830b); ἐς ὕστερον or τὸ ὕστερον, Od.12.126, Th.2.20: with Advbs.,

    ἐς αὔριον Il.8.538

    , Pl. Lg. 858b;

    ἔς περ ὀπίσσω Od.20.199

    ;

    ἐς αὖθις Th.4.63

     (v. εἰσαῦθις (; ἐς αὐτίκα μάλ' Ar. Pax 367; εἰς ἔπειτα (v. εἰσέπειτα (; ἐς τὸ ἔ., Th.2.64;

    ἐς ὀψέ Id.8.23

    ; εἰς ἅπαξ, v. εἰσάπαξ; εἰς ἔτι, v. εἰσέτι.
    2 freq. with Numerals,

    ἐς τριακάδας δέκα ναῶν A.Pers. 339

    ; ναῦς ἐς τὰς τετρακοσίας, διακοσίας, to the number of 400, etc., Th.1.74, 100, etc.; εἰς ἕνα, εἰς δύο, εἰς τέσσαρας, one, two, four deep, X.Cyr.2.3.21; but εἰς τέσσαρας four abreast, Aen.Tact.40.6: with Advbs., ἐς τρίς or ἐστρίς thrice, Pi.O.2.68, Hdt.1.86; of round numbers, about, X.An.1.1.10.
    3 distributive, εἰς φυλάς by tribes, LXX 1 Ki.10.21, cf. 2 Ki.18.
    4
    IV to express RELATION, towards, in regard to,

    ἐξαμαρτεῖν εἰς θεούς A.Pr. 945

    , etc.; ἁμάρτημα εἴς τινα, αἰτίαι ἐς ἀλλήλους, Isoc.8.96, Th.1.66;

    ὄνειδος ὀνειδίζειν εἴς τινα S.Ph. 522

    ;

    ἔχθρη ἔστινα Hdt.6.65

    ;

    φιλία ἐς ἀμφοτέρους Th.2.9

    ; λέγειν ἐς .. Hdt.1.86;

    γνώμη ἀποδεχθεῖσα ἐς τὴν γέφυραν Id.4.98

    ;

    ἡ ἐς γῆν καὶ θάλασσαν ἀρχή Th.8.46

    .
    b of the subject of a work, esp. in titles, e.g.

    τὰ ἐς Ἀπολλώνιον Philostr. VA

    ; of the object of a dedication, as in titles of hymns, ἐπινίκια, etc.
    2 in regard to,

    πρῶτος εἰς εὐψυχίαν A.Pers. 326

    ;

    σκώπτειν ἐς τὰ ῥάκια Ar. Pax 740

    , cf. Eq.90;

    διαβάλλειν τινὰ ἔς τι Th.8.88

    ;

    αἰτία ἐπιφερομένη ἐς μαλακίαν Id.5.75

    ;

    μέμφεσθαι εἰς φιλίαν X.An.2.6.30

    ;

    εἰς τὰ πολεμικὰ καταφρονεῖσθαι Id.HG7.4.30

    ;

    πόλεως εὐδοκιμωτάτης εἰς σοφίαν Pl.Ap. 29d

    ; in respect of,

    εὐτυχεῖν ἐς τέκνα E.Or. 542

    , cf. Pl.Ap. 35b, etc.;

    εἰς χρήματα ζημιοῦσθαι Id.Lg. 774b

    , cf. D.22.55; ἐς τὰ ἄλλα Th.I.I;

    εἰς ἄπαντα S.Tr. 489

    ;

    ἐς τὰ πάνθ' ὁμῶς A.Pr. 736

    ;

    εἰς μὲν ταῦτα Pl.Ly. 210a

    ; τό γ' εἰς ἑαυτόν, τὸ εἰς ἐμέ, S.OT 706, E. IT 691, cf. S.Ichn.346;

    ἐς ὀλίγους μᾶλλον τὰς ἀρχὰς ποιεῖν Th.8.53

    ;

    ἐς πλείονας οἰκεῖν Id.2.37

    ; for τελεῖν ἐς Ἕλληνας, Βοιωτούς, ἄνδρας, etc., v. τελέω.
    3 of Manner,

    ἐς τὸν νῦν τρόπον Id.1.6

    ;

    τίθεμεν τἆλλα εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον; Pl.R. 353d

    ;

    ἐς ἓν μέλος Theoc.18.7

    : freq. periphr. for Advbs., ἐς κοινὸν φράζειν, λέγειν, A.Pr. 844, Eu. 408; ἐς τὸ πᾶν, = πάντως, Id.Ag. 682(lyr.); ἐς τάχος, = ταχέως, Ar.Ach. 686; ἐς εὐτέλειαν, = εὐτελῶς, Id.Av. 805;

    ἐς τἀρχαῖον Id.Nu. 593

    ;

    εἰς καλόν S. OT78

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 76e;

    ἐς δέον γεγονέναι Hdt.1.119

    , cf. S.OT 1416, and v. δέον.
    V ofan end or limit, ἔρχεσθαι, τελευτᾶν, λήγειν ἐς.., to end in.., Hdt.1.120,3.125,4.39, etc.;

    ἐς ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα ου,ρον ἀνθρώπῳ προτίθημι Id.1.32

    ; καταξαίνειν ἐς φοινικίδα to cut into red rags, Ar.Ach. 320 (troch.);

    στρέφειν τι εἰς αἷμα Apoc.11.6

    ; εἰς ἄνδρας ἐκ μειρακίων τελευτᾶν, εἰς ἄνδρα γενειᾶν, Pl.Tht. 173b, Theoc.14.28;

    ἐκτρέφειν τὸ σπέρμα εἰς καρπόν X.Oec.17.10

    : so with εἶναι or γίγνομαι to form a predicate,

    ἔσται εἰς ἔθνη LXXGe.17.16

    ; ἐγενήθη εἰς γυναῖκα ib.20.12; πιστὸς (sc.ἦν) εἰς προφήτην ib.IKi.3.20;

    ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον Ev.Luc.13.19

    ,al.
    2 of Purpose or Object, εἰπεῖν εἰς ἀγαθόν, πείσεται εἰς ἀγαθόν, for good, for his good, Il.9.102,11.789;

    εἰς ἀγαθὰ μυθεῖσθαι 23.305

    ;

    ἐς πόλεμον θωρήξομαι 8.376

    , cf. Hdt.7.29, etc.; ἐς φόβον to cause fear, Il.15.310;

    ἐς ὑποδήματα δεδόσθαι Hdt.2.98

    ;

    κόσμος ὁ εἰς ἑορτάς X.Oec.9.6

    ;

    ἐπιτηδεότατος, εὐπρεπής, ἔς τι Hdt.1.115

    ,2.116; εἰς κάλλος ζῆν to live for show, X.Cyr.8.1.33, cf. Ages. 9.1;

    ἐς δαίτην ἐκάλεσσε Call.Aet.1.1.5

    ;

    εἰς κέρδος τι δρᾶν S.Ph.

    III;

    πάσας φωνὰς ἱέντων εἰς ἀπόφυξιν Ar.V. 562

    ;

    εἰς γράμματα παιδὶ δεκετεῖ ἐνιαυτοὶ τρεῖς Pl.Lg. 809e

    ; εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι to be pertinent, to the purpose, D.36.54; freq. of expenditure on an object, IG22.102.11, 116.41, al.;

    ἐς τὸ δέον Ar.Nu. 859

    , etc.; ἐς δᾷδα ib. 612.
    B POSITION: εἰς is sts. parted from its acc. by several words,

    εἰς ἀμφοτέρω Διομήδεος ἅρματα βήτην Il.8.115

    ;

    εἰς δὲ μονάρχου δῆμος ἀϊδρίῃ δουλοσύνην ἔπεσεν Sol.9

    : seldom (only in Poets) put after its case, Il.15.59, Od.3.137,15.541, S.OC 126(lyr.): after an Adv.,

    αὔριον ἔς· τῆμος δὲ.. Od.7.318

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰς

  • 11 ἐκβάλλω

    ἐκβάλλω, Arc. [full] ἐσδέλλω IG5(2).6.49 (Tegea, iv B.C.), [tense] fut. - βᾰλῶ: [tense] aor. - έβαλον: [tense] pf. - βέβληκα: [voice] Pass., [tense] fut.
    A

    - βεβλήσομαι E.Ba. 1313

     :— throw or cast out of, c. gen.,

    Ὀδίον μέγαν ἔκβαλε δίφρου Il.5.39

    , etc.: abs., throw out,

    ἐκ δ' εὐνὰς ἔβαλον 1.436

    , etc. ; καὶ τὴν μὲν..ἰχθύσι κύρμα γενέσθαι ἔκβαλον threw her overboard, Od.15.481, cf. Hdt.1.24 : then in various relations, ἐκπίπτω being freq. used as its [voice] Pass. :
    1 throw ashore,

    τὸν δ' ἄρ'..νεὸς ἔκβαλε κῦμ' ἐπὶ χέρσου Od.19.278

     ;

    ἄνεμος.. τρηχέως περιέσπε..πολλὰς τῶν νεῶν ἐκβάλλων πρὸς τὸν Ἄθων Hdt.6.44

     ;

    ἐ. ἐς τὴν γῆν Id.7.170

     (but in 2.113 ἄνεμοι..ἐκβάλλουσι ἐς τὸ πέλαγος carry out to sea ; ἐξέβαλεν ἄνεμος ἡμᾶς drove us out of our course, E.Cyc.20):—[voice] Med., put ashore,

    ἵππους ἐξεβάλλοντο Hdt. 6.101

     ; jettison, Syngr. ap. D.35.11.
    2 cast out of a place,

    Κιμμερίους ἐκβαλόντες ἐκ τῆς Εὐρώπης Hdt.1.103

     ; ἐ. ἐκ τῆς χώρας, of an enemy, Lycurg.99, cf. D.60.8 ; esp. of banishment, ἐκ πόλεως ἐ. drive out of the country, Pl.Grg. 468d, cf. Ar.Pl. 430, etc. ; of a corpse, ἔξω τῆς πόλεως, τῶν ὁρίων, Pl.Lg. 873b, 909c : c. acc. only. drive out, banish, Heraclit.121, S.OC6<*>6, 770, etc. ; turn out,

    νεοττούς Arist. HA 618b12

     ; cast out of the synagogue, Ev.Jo.34 ;

    ἐκ τοῦ τάγματος J.BJ2.8.8

     ; exorcize, cast out evil spirits, Ev.Marc.1.34, al. ; also in weakened sense, cause to depart, ib.43.
    3 expose on a desertisland, S.Ph. 257, 1034, 1390 ; expose a dead body,

    ταφῆς ἄτερ Id.Aj. 1388

     ; ἐ. τέκνα expose children, E. Ion 964.
    4 ἐ. γυναῖκα ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας divorce her, D. 59.83 : with simple acc., And.1.125, D.59.63, D.S.12.18, etc.:—[voice] Pass., LXXLe.21.7.
    5 cast out of his seat, depose a king,

    ἐ. ἕδρας Κρόνον A.Pr. 203

     ; ἐκ τυραννίδος θρόνου τ' ib. 910 ;

    ἐκ τῆς τιμῆς X.Cyr.1.3.9

     : without

    ἐκ, ἐ. τινὰ πλούτου S.El. 649

     :—[voice] Pass., to be ejected, of an occupier, PPetr.2p.143 (iii B.C.), PMagd. 12.8 (iii B.C.), etc. ;

    χάριτος ἐκβεβλημένη S.Aj. 808

     ;

    ἐκ τῆς φιλίας X.An.7.5.6

     ; ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐξεβλήθησαν Isoc.4.70.
    6 throw decisively in wrestling.

    τίν' οὐ παλαίουσ' ἐς τρὶς ἐ. ; S.Fr.941.13

    .
    7 ἐ. φρέατα dig wells, Plu. Pomp.32.
    8 of drugs, get rid of,

    τοξεύματα Dsc.3.32

    .
    9 expel afterbirth, Hp. Mul.1.78.
    10 publish,

    σύνταξιν Plb.30.4.11

     ; issue, δόγμα ib.19.6 ;

    ἀπόκρισιν Id.29.19.5

    .
    II strike out of,

    χειρῶν δ' ἔκβαλλε κύπελλα Od.2.396

    , cf. Theoc.22.210 ; ἐκβάλλεθ'..τευχέων πάλους throw them out of the urns, A.Eu. 742 : abs., δοῦρα ἐ. fell trees (prop., cut them out of the forest), Od.5.244.
    2 strike open, break in, ἐ. θύρετρα, πύλας, θύρας, E.Or. 1474, Hec. 1044, Lys.3.23, D.47.53.
    III let fall, drop,

    χειρὸς δ' ἔκβαλεν ἔγχος Il.14.419

     ;

    σφῦραν B.17.28

     ;

    ξίφος E. Andr. 629

    , cf. Ar.Lys. 156 ;

    οἰστούς X.An.2.1.6

     : metaph., ἦ ῥ' ἅλιον ἔπος ἔκβαλον let fall an idle word, Il.18.324 ;

    εἰ μὴ ὑπερφίαλον ἔπος ἔκβαλε Od.4.503

    , cf. Hdt.6.69, A.Ag. 1662, etc. ;

    ἐ. ῥῆμα Pl.R. 473e

     : abs., utter, speak, D.L.9.7 ; shed,

    δάκρυα δ' ἔκβαλε θερμά Od. 19.362

     ; ἐ. ἕρκος ὀδόντων cast, shed one's teeth, Sol.27, cf. E.Cyc. 644, etc. ; throw up blood, S.Ant. 1238 ; spit out, Thphr.HP4.8.4 ; ἐκβαλεῦσι τὰς κούρας their eyes will drop out, prov. of covetous persons, Herod.4.64.
    IV throw away, cast aside, reject, εὐμένειαν, χάριν, S.OC 631, 636, cf. Plb.1.14.4 ;

    προγόνων παλαιὰ θέσμια E.Fr.360.45

     ;

    θεούς Ar.Nu. 1477

     ; recall, repudiate,

    ἐ. λόγους Pl.Cri. 46b

     ; annul,

    τοὔπος S.OT 849

     ; remoue an official from his post, D.21.87 ; drive an actor from the stage, Id.19.337 : metaph., of a politician, Pl.Ax. 368d : —[voice] Pass., Ar.Eq. 525 ;

    ἐκβάλλεσθαι ἄξια Antipho 4.3.1

    .
    V lose, properly by one's own fault,

    φρένας, τἀγαθόν. S.Ant. 649

    , Aj. 965, cf. Ar.Eq. 404, Ec.75.
    VI produce, of women, Hp.Epid.4.25 (of premature birth), Plu.Publ.21 ; esp. in case of a miscarriage or abortion, Hp.Mul.1.60, Thphr.HP9.18.8;

    βρέφος ἐκ τῆς γαστρός Ant.Lib. 34

     ; with play on 1.2, D.L.2.102, etc. ; hatch chicks, Sch.Ar.Av. 251.
    b of plants, ἐ. καρπόν put forth fruit, Hp.Nat.Puer.22 ;

    ἐ. στάχυν E.Ba.75

     ):—[voice] Pass.,

    τὰ ἐκβαλλόμενα BGU197.12

    (i A.D.).
    VII put out a bone or joint, Hp.Fract.31, Art.67 ;

    χεῖρα Arr.Epict.3.15.4

    .
    VIII upset, undo the effect of a speech, Plb.11.10.6.
    IX Math., produce a line, in [voice] Pass., Arist. Cael. 71b29, Mech. 850a11, Str. 2.1.29, etc. ; ἐ. εἰς ἄπειρον produce to infinity, in metaph. sense,

    τὰ δεινά Phld.D.1.12

    , cf. 13.
    2 start counting, in astronomical calculations, Procl.Par.Ptol. 252.
    X intr., go out, depart,

    ἵν' ἐκβάλω ποδὶ ἄλλην ἐπ' αἶαν E.El.96

     ; of the sea, break out of its bed, Arist. Mete. 367b13 ; of a rivcr, branch off, Pl.Phd. 113a : metaph.,

    ἐπειδὰν ἐς μειράκια ἐκβάλωσιν D.C.52.26

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐκβάλλω

  • 12 λειμών

    λειμών, - ῶνος
    Grammatical information: m.
    Meaning: `moist, grassy place, humid meadow' (Il.), metaph. of flowered surfaces and objects (Ach. Tat., Philostr.);
    Compounds: Compp., e.g. βαθυλείμων (Pi.), - λειμος (Il., with transition in the ο-stems) `with grassy meadows'; ἀ-λίμενος `without harbour, refuge' (Att.; Sommer Nominalkomp. 77 f.).
    Derivatives: λειμώνιος `belonging to the meadow' (A., Arist.), f. - ιάς (S., A. R.), - ίς (D. P.), - ιον n. plantname, `Statice limonium' (Dsc., Plin.); λειμων-ιάτης λίθος name of a grass-green stone (Plin.). With suffix-change (after πῖδαξ, βῶλαξ etc.) λεῖμαξ, - ακος f. `meadow' (E. in lyr.), `garden' (Pherecr.) with - ακώδης `meadowlike, grassy' (Hp.), - ακίδες νύμφαι (Orph. A. 646; uncertain; codd. λιμνακίδων). - With diff. ablaut: λιμήν, - ένος m. `harbour, protected creek', also metaph. `refuge' (Il.), `assembly-, marketplace' (Thess.; after H. also Cypr.; cf. Bechtel Dial. 1,450f.). Dimin. λιμένιον (Str.; NGr. λιμάνι from Osm. liman; Maidhof Glotta 10, 14); λιμένιος `belonging to the harbour' (Paus.), λιμενίτης, f. - ῖτις `inhabitant of a harbour' (Corycos), of Priapos resp. Artemis as harbourgod(dess) (AP; Redard 23), λιμεν-ητικὰ χρήματα `harbour-taxes' (Cod. Just., with analog. - ητικά, if not itacistic fr - ιτικά), λιμεν-ίζω `build a harbour' (Polyaen.). - With enlargement after the ᾱ-stems and zero grade suffix (Schwyzer 524, Chantraine Form. 2 15): λί-μν-η f. `standing water, pond, sea, marsh' (Il.), Λίμναι pl. place in Athens, in Sparta etc. (Att.); compp., e. g. εὔ-λιμνος `with many seas' (Arist.). Many derivv.: 1. diminut. λιμνίον n. (Arist.). 2. λιμναῖος `living in seas etc., belonging to the sea' (IA.); 3. λιμνάς f. `id.' (Theoc., Paus.). 4. λιμνήτης, - τις (- ῖτις) `id.' (Theoc., Paus., inscr.), λιμνιτικά n. pl. name of a tax (pap.). 5. λιμνώδης `sea-, marsh-like' (IA.). 6. plantname: λιμν-ήσιον, - ησία, - ηστις, - ηστρον, - ηστρίς (Dsc., Gal.). 7. Denomin. verbs: λιμνάζω `build a λ., stagnate, put under water' (Arist.) with λιμνασμός `flood, inundation', - αστής `inund. surveyor', - αστεία `inund. work' (pap.), - ασία `marshy bottom' (Arist.); λιμνόομαι `build a λ.' (Thphr., Str.).
    Origin: IE [Indo-European] [662?] * lei- [not well mentioned in Pok.]
    Etymology: The primary formations λει-μών and λι-μήν (with λί-μν-η), which show both in stem as in suffix old ablaut (Schwyzer 521 f., Chantraine Form. 170), are isolated in Greek and have outside Greek no counterpart; for the etymology we have only suppositions. Starting from the idea `moistness, standing water etc.' (thus Benveniste Origines 123) Bq with J. Schmidt Zur Gesch. d. idg. Vocalismus 2, 259 f. wants to connect Lat. līmus `mud', to which may belong, with anlaut. sl-, the words mentioned under λείμαξ; also those unser λείβω, e. g. OCS lьjǫ (with perhaps Lat. lītus "floodarea") might be considered. - Quite diff. WP. 1, 158 and Pok. 309: prop. *'low-lying, Einbuchtung' (cf. e. g. NHG Anger to ἀγκ- in ἀγκ-ύλος etc.) to Lat. līmus `oblique', līmen `threshold', withou m-suffix e. g. Latv. leja `dale, valley'.
    Page in Frisk: 2,97-99

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > λειμών

  • 13 ἕρμα 1

    ἕρμα 1.
    Grammatical information: n.
    Meaning: `prop', in the Il. (and h. Ap. 507) in plur. of the supports (stones or beams), put under the ships when drawn on land; metaph. of men, `support, column' (Il.); `cliff under the sea, on which the ship gets stuck' (Alk. Supp. 26, 6, Hdt. 7, 183, Th. 7, 25); `stone, or another weight, that can serve as ballast' (Ar., Arist.); `hope of stones' (S. Ant. 848 [lyr.], AP 9, 319).
    Compounds: XX [etym. unknown]
    Derivatives: ἑρμί̄ς (or -ί̄ν), acc. ἑρμῖνα, dat. pl. - ῖσιν `post of a bed' (θ278, ψ 198, Hdt. 3, 16; cf. ῥηγμῖν- from ῥῆγμα, σταμῖν- etc.); vgl. Hdn. Gr. 2, 431 with etymological speculations. ἕρμαξ f. `heap of stones' (Nic. a. o.), Ngr. ἑρμακιά ( ἁρ-) `wall of dry stones', many derivv. in the lower Ital. diall, s. Rohlfs WB 78f.; ἕρμακες ὕφαλοι πέτραι H. (cf. λίθαξ, μύλαξ a. o.). ἑρμεών σωρὸς λίθων H. (cf. βολεών s. βάλλω etc.). ἑρματίτης πέτρος `stone serving as ballast' (Lyk. 618). ἑρματικός `standing fest, resting..' ( κράββατος, PGen. 68, 10; IVp). ἑρμαῖος λόφος `heap of stones' (π 471; uncertain, cf. on Έρμῆς). - Denomin. verbs. ἑρμάζω `support, make stable' (Hp.) with ἕρμασμα, - σμός (Hp.), ἕρμασις (Erot., also Trozen IVa [- σσ-]; cf. Fraenkel Nom. ag. 1, 149); ἑρματίζω `id.' (Hp.). - On Έρμῆς ( Έρμείας, Έρμάων) s. v.
    Etymology: Difficult because of the divergent meanings. One supposed two or three diffrent words. So in WP. 1, 267 ἕρμα `cliff' is considered a separate word (with Froehde BB 17, 304) and connected with Skt. várṣman- n. `height, hill, top, point'. This etymology however disregards the most important element of cliffs under the sea. On the other hand ἕρμα as ballast of a ship in WP. 1, 265 is with Vaniček and Fick (s. also W.-Hofmann s. sērius) connected with Lith. sveriù `weigh', svarùs `heavy', OHG swār(i) ` schwer'. In the meaning `support, prop' (2, 528) one connects words for `pole etc.', e. g. Skt. sváru- `pole,...at a sacrifice', OE swer `post, column', Lat. surus `twig, sprout, pole'. But it is very doubtful whether ἕρμα ever meant `pole'. - An attempt to combime all meanings makes Porzig Satzinhalte 266: the orig. meaning would be a `stone (for propping up a ship)', from where `Ballast-stones', and on the other hand - sarcastically - also `cliffs under the sea'. - Formally ἕρμα seems a verbal noun in - μα with regular ε-vowel. For an etym. one might think of Lith. sveriù `weigh' and relatives (s. above); so orig. `heavy weight, stone', IE *su̯ér-mn̥. - Kretschmer Kleinas. Forsch. 1, 4 thinks ἕρμα is Anatolian, pointing to the Lydian river Ε῝ρμος ( πολυψήφιδα παρ' Ε῝ρμον Orac. ap. Hdt. 1, 55), partly to Lycian PN in Erm-, Arm-. For non-IE origin also Chantraine L'Ant. class. 22, 69. - Wrong Gonda Mnemos. 3: 6, 165f. (Lat. sĕra, Gr. ἅρπη `sickle', IE * ser-.) - I see no reason for foreign origin.
    Page in Frisk: 1,562-563

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > ἕρμα 1

  • 14 πνεῦμα

    πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).
    ① air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)
    ⓐ wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).
    ⓑ the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).
    ② that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.
    ③ a part of human personality, spirit
    ⓐ when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.
    ⓑ as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).
    ⓒ spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.
    ④ an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).
    ⓐ God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).
    ⓑ good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.
    ⓒ evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.
    ⑤ God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.
    ⓐ the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.
    ⓑ the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.
    ⓒ Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).
    β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.
    ⓓ abs.
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).
    β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.
    ⓔ The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.
    ⓕ Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.
    ⓖ The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.
    α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.
    β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.
    γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).
    δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.
    ⑥ the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).
    ⓐ πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.
    ⓑ Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).
    ⓒ The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.
    ⓓ The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.
    ⓔ One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.
    ⓕ The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.
    ⑦ an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.
    ⑧ an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνεῦμα

  • 15 δύω

    δύω [(A)],
    A v. δύο.
    ------------------------------------
    δύω [(B)] (v. infr.), δῡνω:
    A causal Tenses, cause to sink, sink, plunge in; [tense] pres. only in Thphr.HP5.4.8 οὐκ ἐν ἴσῳ βάθει πάντα δύοντες τῆς θαλάσσης: [tense] aor. 1 ἔδῡσα (ἐξ-) Od.14.341; cf. the compds. ἀπο-, ἐκ-, ἐν-, κατα-δύω.
    B non-causal, get or go into, c. acc.: [tense] pres. δύω (v. 1.4); more freq.

    δύνω Il.17.202

    , Hes.Op. 616, S.Ph. 1331, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf.

    δῦνον Il.11.268

    : [tense] aor.

    ἔδῡνα Batr.245

    , part.

    δύνας Plb.9.15.9

    , Paus.2.11.7, Ael.VH4.1, but

    ἔδῡσα Ev.Marc.1.32

    , etc.: more freq. [voice] Med.

    δύομαι Il. 5.140

    , E.Rh. 529 (lyr.), etc. (also in [dialect] Att. Inscrr., as IG22.1241): [tense] impf.

    ἐδυόμην Pl.Plt. 269a

    ; [dialect] Ep.

    δύοντο Il.15.345

    : [tense] fut. δύσομαι [ῡ] 7.298, E. El. 1271: [tense] aor.

    ἐδῡσάμην A.R.4.865

    , ([etym.] ἀπό) Nic.Al. 302; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.

    δύσαντο Il.23.739

    , opt. δυσαίατο prob. in 18.376 (Prose and Com. in Compds.); Hom. mostly uses the [dialect] Ep. forms ἐδύσεο, ἐδύσετο, imper.

    δύσεο 19.36

    , Hes.Sc. 108, part. δυσόμενος (in [tense] pres. sense) Od.1.24, Hes. Op. 384: more freq. [tense] aor. ἔδυν (as if from Δῦμι) Il.11.63, etc.; [ per.] 3 dual ἐδύτην [ῡ] 10.254; [ per.] 1pl.

    ἔδῡμεν S.Fr. 367

    ;

    ἔδῡτε Od.24.106

    ; ἔδῡσαν, [dialect] Ep.

    ἔδυν Il.11.263

    ; [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.

    δύσκεν 8.271

    ; imper. δῦθι, δῦτε, 16.64, 18.140; subj. δύω [ῡ] 6.340, 22.99, but δύῃ [ῠ] Hes.Op. 728; [dialect] Ep. opt. δύη [ῡ] (for δυίη) Od.18.348; inf.

    δῦναι Il.10.221

    , [dialect] Att., [dialect] Ep. δύμεναι [ῡ] 14.63,

    ἐκ-δῦμεν 16.99

    ; part. δύς, δῦσα, Hdt.8.8: [tense] pf.

    δέδῡκα Il.5.811

    , Sapph.52, Pl.Phd. 116e; [dialect] Dor. inf. δεδυκεῖν [ῡ] Theoc.1.102:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. and [tense] aor. δῠθήσομαι, ἐδύθην [ῠ], and a [tense] pf. δέδῠμαι only in compds., v. ἀπο-, ἐκ-, ἐν-δύω. [ῠ in δύω in [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. [voice] Act. and [voice] Med., Hom.; but A.R. has δῡομαι

    , δῡετο 1.581

    , part. δῡόμενος ib. 925, Call. Epigr.22;

    δῡεται Nonn.D.7.286

    ;

    ἐκ-δέδῠκας AP5.72

     (Rufin.).]
    I of Places or Countries, enter, make one's way into, in Hom. the most freq. use, εἰ.. κε πύλας καὶ τείχεα δύω ([tense] aor. 2) Il.22.99;

    πόλιν δύσεσθαι Od.7.18

    ; ἔδυ νέφεα plunged into the clouds, of a star, Il.11.63; δῦτε θαλάσσης εὐρέα κόλπον plunge into the lap of Ocean, 18.140; γαῖαν ἐδύτην went beneath the earth, i.e. died, 6.19, cf. 411, etc.; πόλεμον δύμεναι plunge into.., 14.63;

    θεῖον δύσονται ἀγῶνα 7.298

    ;

    ἐδύσετο οὐλαμὸν ἀνδρῶν 20.379

    ; δύσεο δὲ μνηστῆρας go in to them, Od. 17.276; rarely in Trag.,

    αἰθέρα δ. S.Aj. 1192

     (lyr.), cf. E.El. 1271.
    2 in [dialect] Ep. less freq. with Preps.,

    ἔδυν δόμον Ἄϊδος εἴσω Il.11.263

    ;

    δύσομαι εἰς Ἀΐδαο Od.12.383

    ;

    ἐς πόντον ἐδύσετο 5.352

    ;

    δέρτρον ἔσω δύνοντες 11.579

    ;

    δύσεθ' ἁλὸς κατὰ κῦμα Il.6.136

    ;

    ὑπὸ κῦμα θαλάσσης αὐτίκ' ἔδυσαν 18.145

    ; κατὰ σταθμοὺς δύεται slinks into the fold, 5.140;

    καθ' ὅμιλον ἔδυ Τρώων 3.36

     (rarely c. gen.,

    κατὰ σπείους κοίλοιο δέδυκεν Od.12.93

    ); πάϊς ὣς ὑπὸ μητέρα δύσκεν εἰς Αἴαντα he got himself unto Ajax, i.e. got behind his shield, Il.8.271; βέλος δ' εἰς ἐγκέφαλον δῦ ib. 85;

    ἀκίδες δεδυκυῖαι διὰ φλεβῶν Plu.Crass.25

    ; in Prose and Trag. mostly with a Prep. (but δυόμενοι abs., diving, Th.7.25),

    δῦναι ἐς θάλασσαν Hdt.8.8

    ;

    ἐς ἄντρον A.Fr. 261

    ;

    ἁρμὸν.. πρὸς αὐτὸ στόμιον S. Ant. 1217

    ;

    κατὰ βάθος Pl.Lg. 905a

    ;

    κατὰ τῆς γῆς Id.Phd. 113c

    , etc.
    3 abs., εἴσω ἔδυ ξίφος the sword entered his body, Il.16.340; δύνει ἀλοιφή sinks in (where however βοείην may be supplied), 17.392:—[voice] Med.,

    δύου πάλιν Ar.V. 148

    .
    4 of Sun and Stars, sink into [the sea], set,

    ἠέλιος μὲν ἔδυ Il.18.241

    , cf. Od.3.329, etc.;

    ἔδυ φάος ἠελίοιο 13.35

    ;

    δύσετό τ' ἠέλιος 2.388

    , cf. Il.7.465, etc.;

    ἀελίω δύντος Sapph.Supp.25.8

    ; so Βοώτης ὀψὲ δύων late- setting Boötes, Od. 5.272;

    δείελος ὀψὲ δύων Il.21.232

    ; [

    σελαναία] δύεν Bion Fr.8.6

    ;

    πρὸ δύντος ἡλίου Hdt.7.149

    ;

    πρὸ ἡλίου δύντος D.15.22

    ; δυσόμενος Υπερίων (to mark the West) Od.1.24; ἐδύετο εἰς τόπον [ὁ ἥλιος] Pl.Plt. 269a; πρὸς δύνοντος ἡλίου towards the West, A.Supp. 255: metaph.,

    βίου δύντος αὐγαί Id.Ag. 1123

     (lyr.); ἔδυ πρόπας δόμος ib. 1011 (lyr.); δεδυκὸς ζῆν live in retirement, Pl.Lg. 781c.
    II of clothes and armour, get into,

    Ἀρήϊα τεύχεα δ. Il.6.340

    , etc.; κυνέην δ. put on one's helmet, 5.845;

    δῦ δὲ χιτῶν' 18.416

    : metaph., εἰ μὴ σύ γε δύσεαι ἀλκήν if thou wilt not put on strength, 9.231; so

    ἀνάγκας ἔδυ λέπαδνον A.Ag. 218

     (lyr.): hence,
    2 trans., put on,

    ἀμφ' ὤμοισιν ἐδύσετο τεύχεα Il. 3.328

    , etc.;

    ὤμοιϊν.. τεύχεα δῦθι 16.64

    ;

    χιτῶνα περὶ χροΐ.. δῦνεν Od. 15.61

    ;

    χρυσὸν.. ἔδυνε περὶ χροΐ Il.8.43

    .
    3 rarely abs. with a Prep.,

    ὅπλοισιν ἔνι δεινοῖσιν ἐδύτην 10.272

    , cf. A.R.1.638;

    ἐς τεύχεα δύντε Od.22.201

    .
    III of sufferings, passions, and the like , enter, come over or upon,

    κάματος.. γυῖα δέδυκεν Il.5.811

    ;

    ὄφρ' ἔτι μᾶλλον δύη ἄχος κραδίην Od.18.348

    ;

    ἦτορ δῦν' ἄχος Il.19.367

    ;

    ὀδύναι δῦνον μένος 11.272

    ; κρατερὴ δέ ἑ λύσσα δέδυκε madness is come over him, 9.239; δῦ μιν Ἄρης Ares, i.e. the spirit of war, filled him, 17.210;

    μιν ἔδυ χόλος 19.16

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > δύω

  • 16 ἀνέχω

    ἀνέχω, [tense] impf. ἀνεῖχον: also [full] ἀνίσχω, [tense] impf. ἀνῖσχον: [tense] fut.
    A

    ἀνέξω Archil. 82

    , Luc.Hist.Conscr.4(s. v l.), also

    ἀνασχήσω Hdt.5.106

    ,7.14, E.IA 732: [tense] aor.

    ἀνέσχον 11.17.310

    , etc.; poet. ἀνέσχεθον ib.10.461, E. Med. 1027, [dialect] Ep. inf.

    ἀνσχεθέειν Od.5.320

    : [tense] pf.

    ἀνέσχηκα S.E.M.7.190

    , Phalar.Ep. 105:—[voice] Med. [full] ἀνέχομαι: [tense] impf. ἠνειχόμην (with double augm.) A.Ag. 905, S.Ph. 411, Th.1.77, etc.: [tense] fut.

    ἀνέξομαι 11.5.895

    , S.El. 1028, D.18.160, etc.; also

    ἀνασχήσομαι A.Th. 252

    , Ar.Ach. 299, [dialect] Ep. inf.

    ἀνσχήσεσθαι 11.5.104

    : [tense] aor.

    ἀνεσχόμην 18.430

    , A.Ch. 747 codd., E.Hipp. 687 (where ἠνέσχου is contra metr.); more freq. with double augm.

    ἠνεσχόμην Hdt.5.48

    , A.Ag. 1274; and [dialect] Att., as Ar.Nu. 1363, Th.3.28, Lys.3.3, etc.; sync.

    ἠνσχόμην S.Ant. 467

    ; [ per.] 2sg. imper. ἄνσχεο (v. infr. c. 11):—[voice] Pass., D.H.3.55, LXX 4 Ma.1.35.
    A trans., hold up, lift up, χεῖρας ἀνέσχον held up their hands in fight (v. infr. c.1), Od.18.89 (later of pugilists, hold up the hands in token of defeat, Theoc.22.129):—freq. lift up the hands in prayer,

    θεοῖσι δὲ χεῖρας ἀνέσχον 11.3.318

    , cf. 1.450, Archil.82, etc.; so ἄνακτι εὐχὰς ἀ. offer prayers, perhaps with uplifted hands, S.El. 636;

    ἄνεχε χέρας, ἄνεχε λόγον E.El. 592

    ; also ἀ. τὴν χεῖρα offer the hand (to shake), Theopomp.Com.82 (dub.).
    2 lift up as an offering,

    τάγ' Ἀθηναίῃ ληΐτιδι.. ὑψόσ' ἀνέσχεθε χειρί 11.10.461

    ; as a testimony,

    σκῆπτρον ἀ. πᾶσι θεοῖσι 7.412

    ; μαζὸν ἀ., of Hecuba entreating her son Hector, 22.80;

    κενεὰς.. ἀνέσχε γλήνας A.R.2.254

    ;

    ἄκουε δ' ἀν' οὖς ἔχων A.Fr. 126

    .
    3 ἀ. φλόγα hold up a torch, esp. at weddings, E.IA 732: hence the phrase ἄνεχε, πάρεχε sc. τὸ φῶς) hold up, pass on the light in procession, Id.Tr. 308, Cyc. 203, cf. Ar.V. 1326; also

    ἀ. φάος σωτήριον E.Med. 482

    ;

    τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ πυρός Th.4.111

    .
    4 lift up, exalt,

    τὰ κείνων Pi.P.2.89

    .
    5 hold up, prop, sustain, οὐρανὸν καὶ γῆν, of Atlas, Paus.5.11.5;

    κίων ἀ. τὴν στέγην Oenom.

     ap. Eus.PE 5.34:—[voice] Pass.,

    γέφυρα σκάφαις ἀνεχομένη D.H.3.55

    :—but more freq.,
    b metaph., uphold, maintain,

    εὐδικίας Od.19.111

    ;

    πολέμους Th.1.141

    ; ὄργια ἀ. keep up the revels, Ar.Th. 948;

    Βάκχης ἀνέχων λέκτρ' Ἀγαμέμνων

     remaining constant to,

    E.Hec. 121

     (v. infr. B. 3); οἰνῶπ' ἀνέχουσα κισσόν keeping constant to, haunting the ivy, S. OC 674 (s. v. l.); βαρὺν ἀνὰ θυμὸν ἔχοισα keeping up his anger, Theoc. 1.96.
    6 put forth,

    δάφνα ἀ. πτόρθους E.Hec. 459

     (lyr.).
    II hold back, check,

    ἄνεχ' ἵππους 11.23.426

    ;

    ἀ. τὰ ὅπλα διὰ τῶν ἀνακλητικῶν D.H.9.21

    ; ἀ. Σικελίαν μὴ ὑπ' αὐτοὺς εἶναι keep it from being.., Th.6.86;

    ἑαυτὸν ἀπό τινος Plu.2.514a

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    ἀνέχεται τὰ πάθη ὑπὸ τοῦ λογισμοῦ LXX4 Ma.1.35

    .
    B intr., rise up, emerge,

    ἀνσχεθέειν.. ὑπὸ κύματος ὁρμῆς Od.5.320

    ; of a diver, Hdt.8.8;

    σκόπελοι ἐν τῷ Νείλῳ ὀξέες ἀ. Id.2.29

    ;

    ἀ. ἐς ἀέρα A.R.3.1383

    .
    b esp. in form ἀνίσχω, of the sun,

    πρὸς ἥλιον ἀνίσχοντα Hdt.3.98

    , etc.; so

    λαμπὰς ἀνίσχει A.Ag.93

     (lyr.);

    ἅμ' ἡλίῳ ἀνίσχοντι X.Cyn.6.13

    , cf. Eub.119.9.
    c of events, arise, happen, Hdt.5.106,7.14.
    d appear, show oncself,

    ἄελπτον ὄμμα.. φήμης ἀνασχόν S.Tr. 204

    ; turn out, prove to be,

    μελοποιὸς ἢ τραγῳδὸς ἄριστος Eun.Hist.p.209D.

    2 come forth,

    αἰχμὴ παρὰ.. ὦμον ἀνέσχεν 11.17.310

    , cf. Plu. Caes.44; of a headland, jut out into the sea, Hdt.7.123, Th.1.46, etc.;

    ἀ. πρὸς τὸ Σικελικὸν πέλαγος Id.4.53

    , cf. D.23.166; ἐς τὸν πόντον [τὴν ἄκρην] ἀνέχοντα jutting out with its headland into the sea, Hdt. 4.99 (dub. l.); reversely,

    κοιλάδες ἐς μεσόγαιαν ἐκ θαλάσσης ἀ. Str. 3.2.4

    .
    3 hold on, keep doing, c. part.,

    ἀ. διασκοπῶν Th.7.48

    ; σε.. στέρξας ἀνέχει is constant in his love for thee, S.Aj. 212 (lyr., cf. supr. A.1.5b): c. dat.,

    τελεταῖς

     practise regularly,

    Eun.Hist.p.249

     D.: abs., wait,

    ταύτῃ ἀνέχειν Th.8.94

    , cf. 2.18.
    4 hold up, cease,

    Ζεὺς οὔθ' ὕων πάντεσσ' ἁνδάνει οὔτ' ἀνέχων Thgn.26

    , cf. X.HG1.6.28; dub. l. in Hp.Epid.5.20.
    5 c. gen., cease from,

    οὐδὲ.. καμάτων ἀνέχουσι γυναῖκες S.OT 174

    ;

    τοῦ πολέμου App.Pun.75

    ;

    τοῦ φονεύειν Plu.Alex. 33

    .—Hom. uses no tense intr. exc. [tense] aor.
    C [voice] Med., hold up what is one's own,

    ὁ δ' ἀνέσχετο μείλινον ἔγχος 11.5.655

    ;

    δούρατ' ἀνασχόμενοι 11.594

    , etc.: hence ἀνασχόμενος is often used abs. (sc. ἔγχος, ξίφος, etc.),

    πλῆξεν ἀ. 3.362

    ;

    κόψε δ' ἀ. Od.14.425

    ;

    πὺξ μάλ' ἀνασχομένω πεπληγέμεν 11.23.660

    ; also ἄντα δ' ἀνασχομένω χερσί ib. 686.
    II hold oneself up, bear up, οὐδέ σ' ὀΐω δηρὸν ἔτ' ἀνσχήσεσθαι ib.5.285, cf.Od.11.375: [tense] aor. imper. ἀνάσχεο, = τέτλαθι, be of good courage, 11.1.586;

    ἄνσχεο

     be patient,

    23.587

    ; ἀνὰ δ' ἔχευ is prob. l. for ἀνὰ δ' εὖ in Archil.6.2: in [tense] pres. part., ἀνεχόμενοι φέρουσι τὸν χειμῶνα they bear with patience, Hdt.4.28; Stoic motto

    ἀνέχου καὶ ἀπέχου Gell.17.19

    .
    3 c. gen., dub. in Hom., δουλοσύνης ἀνέχεσθαι v.l. in Od.22.423; so

    ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς ἀ. Pl.Prt. 323a

    , cf. D.19.16; to be content with,

    τοῦ ἐν σώματι κάλλους Plot.5.9.2

    .
    4 the dependent clause is mostly (always in Hom.) in part., οὐ μάν σε.. ἀνέξομαι ἄλγε' ἔχοντα I will not suffer thee to have.., 11.5.895; οὐ γὰρ ἀεργὸν [ὄντα] ἀνέξομαι I will not suffer one [to be].., Od.19.27;

    εἰ τὸν.. θανόντ' ἄθαπτον ἠνσχόμην νέκυν S.Ant. 467

    ;

    οὐκ ἀνέξεται τίκτοντας ἄλλους E.Andr. 712

    ; καὶ γάρ κ'.. ἀνεχοιμην ἥμενος for I would be content to sit.., Od.4.595;

    σοῦ κλύων ἀνέξεται A.Pers. 838

    , cf. S. El. 1028, Ph. 411;

    ἀνάσχεσθε σιγῶσαι Id.Fr. 679

    ; also

    οὐ σῖγ' ἀνέξει; Id.Aj.75

    : freq. in Prose, Hdt.1.80, 206, 5.19, al., Th.2.74, etc.;

    ἄποτος ἀ. Arist.HA 596a2

    ; also

    ἀ. τοῦ ἄλλα λέγοντος Pl.R. 564d

    ;

    ἀ. τῶν οἰκείων ἀμελουμένων Id.Ap. 31b

    ;

    οὐδ' ἂν ἠνέσχεσθε εἴ τις.. D. 21.170

    :—also in [voice] Act.,

    ἀνέσχηκα Phalar.Ep. 105

    .
    5 rarely c. inf., suffer,

    οὐκ ἀνέξομαι τὸ μὴ οὐ.. A.Eu. 914

    ;

    κοκκύζειν τὸν ἀλεκτρυόν' οὐκ ἀνέχονται Cratin.311

    ;

    ἀνακεκλίσθαι οὐκ ἀ. Aret.SA1.9

    ;

    ἀ. πάντα ὑπομένειν Alciphr.3.34

    ;

    σὺν ἄλλοις βιοῦν οὐκ ἀ. Ael.NA6.30

    .
    c οὐκ ἀ., c. inf., refuse to do.., POxy.903.36,al.
    III rarely, hold on by one another, hang together,

    ἀνά τ' ἀλλήλησιν ἔχονται Od.24.8

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀνέχω

  • 17 δίδωμι

    δίδωμι (Hom.+) by-form διδῶ (B-D-F §94, 1; Rob. 311f) Rv 3:9 (δίδω Tregelles, δίδωμι v.l.), 3 sg. διδοῖ (GrBar 7:2), 3 pl. διδόασι; impf. 3 sg. ἐδίδου, ἐδίδει (Hs 6, 2, 7; cp. Mk 4:8 cod. W), 3 pl. ἐδίδουν, ἐδίδοσαν J 19:3; ptc. διδῶν (Hs 8, 3, 3); fut. δώσω; 1 aor. ἔδωκα, subj. 3 sg. δώσῃ J 17:2; Rv 8:3 v.l. (on this W-S.§14, 9; B-D-F §95, 1; Rob. 308f), 1 pl. δώσωμεν Mk 6:37 v.l., 3 pl. δώσωσιν Rv 4:9 v.l.; pf. δέδωκα; plpf. ἐδεδώκειν (and without augm. δεδώκειν Mk 14:44; Lk 19:15; J 11:57); 2 aor. subj. 3 sg. δῷ J 15:16 (δώῃ v.l.); also in the form δώῃ Eph 1:17; 2 Ti 2:25 (in both δῷ as v.l.): in all these cases read δώῃ subj., not δῴη opt., s. below; δοῖ Mk 8:37 (B-D-F §95, 2; Mlt. 55; Rdm.2 97f and Glotta 7, 1916, 21ff; GKilpatrick in Festschrift JSchmid ’63, 135), pl. δῶμεν, δῶτε, δῶσιν; 2 aor. opt. 3 sg. Hellenist. (also LXX) δῴη for δοίη Ro 15:5; 2 Th 3:16; 2 Ti 1:16, 18 (on Eph 1:17; 2 Ti 2:25 s. above); 2 aor. impv. δός, δότε, inf. δοῦναι, ptc. δούς; pf. δέδωκα LXX. Pass.: 1 fut. δοθήσομαι (W-S. §14, 8ff); 1 aor. ἐδόθην; pf. δέδομαι.
    ① to give as an expression of generosity, give, donate as a gen. principle: μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν it is more blessed to give than to receive Ac 20:35 (Theophyl. Sim., Ep. 42 τὸ διδόναι ἢ τὸ λαβεῖν οἰκειότερον); cp. 1 Cl 2:1; Hm 2:4ff (the contrast δίδωμι … λαμβάνω is frequently found: Epicharmus, Fgm. 273 Kaibel; Com. Fgm. Adesp. 108, 4 K.; Maximus Tyr. 32, 10c ὀλίγα δούς, μεγάλα ἔλαβες; Sir 14:16; Tat. 29, 2).—On the logion Ac 20:35 s. Unknown Sayings 77–81: giving is blessed, not receiving (cp. EHaenchen on Ac 20:35; Aristot., EN 4, 3, 26; Plut., Mor. 173d). S. μᾶλλον 3c. δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς give to the poor Mt 19:21 (HvonCampenhausen, Tradition u. Leben ’60, 114–56). τινὶ ἔκ τινος give someone some (of a substance: Tob 4:16; Ezk 48:12) Mt 25:8. S. also 7:11; 14:7.
    ② to give someth. out, give, bestow, grant δ. δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα put a ring on the finger Lk 15:22 (cp. Esth 3:10—δίδωμί τι εἰς τ. χεῖρα also Aristoph., Nub. 506; Herodas 3, 70). give τινί τι someth. to someone τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν Mt 7:6 (Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 33 τὰ ἔγκατα τοῖς κυσὶ δότε).—A certificate of divorce to one’s wife 5:31 (Dt 24:1; conversely of the wife Just., A II, 2, 6 ῥεπούδιον δοῦσα); without dat. 19:7. Of bread (w. dat. or acc. somet. to be supplied fr. the context) 26:26f; Mk 2:26; 14:22; Lk 6:4; 11:7f; 22:19; J 21:13 (difft. Mt 14:19; 15:36; Mk 6:41; 8:6 the disciples transfer to others what they have received). W. inf. foll. δ. τινὶ φαγεῖν give someone someth. to eat Mt 14:16; 25:35, 42; Mk 5:43; 6:37; J 6:31 al. (cp. Gen 28:20; Ex 16:8, 15; Lev 10:17); someth. to drink Mt 27:34; Mk 15:23; J 4:7; Rv 16:6 (Hdt. 4, 172, 4; Aristoph., Pax 49; Jos., Ant. 2, 64; schol. on Nicander, Alexiph. 146 δὸς πιεῖν τί τινι, without dat. 198; PGM 13, 320 δὸς πεῖν[=πιεῖν]; Jos., Ant. 2, 64).—τὰς ῥάβδους GJs 9:1.—Lk 15:29 (Hipponax 43 Deg.).
    ③ to express devotion, give δόξαν δ. θεῷ give God the glory, i.e. praise, honor, thanks (Josh 7:19; Ps 67:35; 1 Esdr 9:8; 2 Ch 30:8 and oft.) Lk 17:18; J 9:24 (practically=promise under oath to tell the truth); Ac 12:23 al. δόξαν καὶ τιμήν (2 Ch 32:33) give glory and honor Rv 4:9. Through a sacrificial offering θυσίαν δ. bring an offering Lk 2:24 (cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 196 θυσίαν ἀποδοῦναι τ. θεῷ).
    ④ to cause to happen, esp. in ref. to physical phenomena, produce, make, cause, give fig. extension of mng. 1 ὑετὸν δ. (3 Km 17:14; Job 5:10; Zech 10:1; PsSol 5:9) yield rain Js 5:18; send rain Ac 14:17. τέρατα cause wonders to appear Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3). Of heavenly bodies φέγγος δ. give light, shine Mt 24:29; Mk 13:24 (cp. Is 13:10). Of a musical instrument φωνὴν δ. (cp. Ps 17:14; 103:12; Jdth 14:9; Pind., N. 5, 50b [93]) produce a sound 1 Cor 14:7f.
    ⑤ to put someth. in care of another, entrust
    ⓐ of things entrust τινί τι someth. to someone money Mt 25:15; Lk 19:13, 15; the keys of the kgdm. Mt 16:19; perh. Lk 12:48. W. εἰς τὰς χεῖρας added J 13:3 (cp. Gen 39:8; Is 22:21; 29:12 al.) or ἐν τῇ χειρί τινος 3:35 (cp. Jdth 9:9; Da 1:2; 7:25 Theod.; 1 Macc 2:7). Of spiritual things J 17:8, 14; Ac 7:38.
    ⓑ of pers. τινά τινι entrust someone to another’s care J 6:37, 39; 17:6, 9, 12, 24; Hb 2:13 (Is 8:18).
    ⓐ of payment pay, give τινί τι Mt 20:4; 26:15; 28:12; Mk 14:11; Lk 22:5; Rv 11:18. Fig. repay someone (Mélanges Nicole, var. contributors, JNicole Festschr. 1905, p. 246 [HvanHerwerden=PLips 40 III, 3 p. 129] λίθῳ δέδωκεν τῷ υἱῷ μου; Ps 27:4) Rv 2:23. Of taxes, tribute, rent, etc. τινὶ ἀπό τινος pay rent of someth. Lk 20:10 (cp. 1 Esdr 6:28). τὶ pay (up), give someth. Mt 16:26; 27:10; Mk 8:37; δ. κῆνσον, φόρον καίσαρι pay tax to the emperor (Jos., Bell. 2, 403) Mt 22:17; Mk 12:14; Lk 20:22. Of inheritance pay out a portion of property Lk 15:12.
    ⓑ as commercial t.t. for bookkeeping λόγον δ. render account (POxy 1281, 9 [21 A.D.]; PStras 32, 9 δότω λόγον; cp. Phil 4:15) Ro 14:12.
    ⓒ of a bank deposit, equivalent to τιθέναι put, place, deposit ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν put money in the bank Lk 19:23.
    ⑦ appoint to special responsibility, appoint (Num 14:4) κριτάς judges Ac 13:20; w. double acc. appoint someone someth. (PLille 28, II [III B.C.] αὐτοῖς ἐδώκαμεν μεσίτην Δωρίωνα) τοὺϚ μὲν ἀποστόλους some (to be) apostles Eph 4:11. τινὰ κεφαλήν make someone head 1:22. Also δ. τινὰ εἴς τι B 14:7 (Is 42:6).
    ⑧ to cause someth. to happen, give (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 106 δ. χρόνον εἰς μετάνοιαν) δ. γνῶσιν σωτηρίας= to give (his people) knowledge of salvation = to tell (his people) how to be saved Lk 1:77.
    ⑨ to bear as a natural product, yield, produce of a field and its crops καρπὸν δ. yield fruit (Ps 1:3) Mt 13:8; Mk 4:7f; fig. ἔδωκεν μοὶ Κύριος καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ GJs 6:3 (Pr 11:30).
    ⑩ to dedicate oneself for some purpose or cause, give up, sacrifice τὸ σῶμά μου τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον my body, given up for you Lk 22:19 (cp. Thu. 2, 43, 2; Libanius, Declam. 24, 23 Förster οἱ ἐν Πύλαις ὑπὲρ ἐλευθερίας τ. Ἑλλήνων δεδωκότες τὰ σώματα; of Menas δ. ἀπροφασίστως ἑαυτόν ‘gave of himself unstintingly’ OGI 339, 19f; Danker, Benefactor 321–23; for use of δ. in a testamentary context cp. Diog. L. 5, 72); ἑαυτὸν (τὴν ψυχὴν) δ. give oneself up, sacrifice oneself (ref. in Nägeli 56; 1 Macc 6:44; 2:50) w. dat. 2 Cor 8:5. λύτρον ἀντι πολλῶν give oneself up as a ransom for many Mt 20:28; Mk 10:45 (ἀντί 3). Also ἀντίλυτρον ὑπέρ τινος 1 Ti 2:6. ὐπέρ τινος for or because of a person or thing J 10:15 v.l.; Gal 1:4; Tit 2:14; AcPl Ha 8, 24 (on the form of these passages s. KRomaniuk, NovT 5, ’62, 55–76). ἑαυτὸν δ. τῷ θανάτῳ ISm 4:2 (cp. Just., A I, 21, 2 πυρί); δ. ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὸ θηρίον face the beast Hv 4, 1, 8.
    ⑪ to cause (oneself) to go, go, venture somewhere (cp. our older ‘betake oneself’) (Polyb. 5, 14, 9; Diod S 5, 59, 4; 14, 81, 2; Jos., Ant. 7, 225; 15, 244) εἰς τὸ θέατρον Ac 19:31; εἰς τὴν ἔρημον GJs 1:4.
    ⑫ to use an oracular device, draw/cast lots Ac 1:26.
    ⑬ to grant by formal action, grant, allow, freq. of God (cp. 7 above) ἐξουσίαν δ. (Hippol., Ref. 5, 26, 21 grant someone the power or authority, give someone the right, etc. (cp. TestJob 20:3; Jos., Ant. 2, 90, Vi. 71) Mt 9:8; 28:18; 2 Cor 13:10; Rv 9:3; 1 Cl 61:1; τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω τινός tread on someth. Lk 10:19. τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ γράψαι τὴν ἱστορίαν ταύτην the ability to write this account GJs 25:1. ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἐπί Lk 9:1 (cp. Just., D. 30, 3 ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ δύναμιν). ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω i.e. put them under your control Mt 4:9 of the devil. Simple δ. w. inf. (Appian, Liby. 19 §78 ἢν [=ἐὰν] ὁ θεὸς δῷ ἐπικρατῆσαι 106 §499) δέδοται it is given, granted to someone γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια to know the secrets Mt 13:11; cp. ἡ δοθεῖσα αὐτῷ γνῶσις B 9:8 (Just., D. 7, 3 εἰ μή τῳ θεός δῷ συνιέναι) ἔδωκεν ζωὴν ἔχειν he has granted (the privilege) of having life J 5:26. μετὰ παρρησίας λαλεῖν to speak courageously Ac 4:29 and oft. Rather freq. the inf. is to be supplied fr. the context (Himerius, Or. 38 [4], 8 εἰ θεὸς διδοίη=if God permits) οἷς δέδοται sc. χωρεῖν Mt 19:11. ἦν δεδομένον σοι sc. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν J 19:11. W. acc. and inf. foll. (Appian, Mithrid. 11, §37; Heliodorus 5, 12, 2 δώσεις με πιστεύειν) οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν you will not permit your holy one to see corruption Ac 2:27; 13:35 (both Ps 15:10). ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι granted that he should be plainly seen 10:40. δὸς … ῥαγήναι τὰ δέσμα grant that our chains be broken AcPl Ha 3,11f. Pregnant constr.: grant, order (Diod S 9, 12, 2 διδ. λαβεῖν=permit to; 19, 85, 3 τὶ=someth.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 125 §524 ὁ καιρὸς ἐδίδου=the opportunity permitted; Biogr. p. 130 ἐδίδου θάπτειν τ. ἄνδρα) ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἵνα μὴ ἀποκτείνωσιν orders were given them not to kill Rv 9:5; cp. 19:8.—Of an oath w. double inf. Lk 1:73f. S. also 17 below.
    ⑭ to cause to come into being, institute περιτομὴν δ. institute circumcision B 9:7.
    ⑮ give up, someth. that has been under one’s control for a relatively long time, give up, give back ἡ θάλασσα τ. νεκρούς the sea gave up its dead Rv 20:13.
    ⑯ to proffer someth., extend, offer χεῖρα hold out one’s hand (to someone) Ac 9:41 (cp. 1 Macc 6:58; 2 Macc 12:11; Jos., Bell. 6, 318). (τὸν) μαστὸν τῇ παῖδι GJs 5:2; 6:3.
    ⑰ In many phrases this word relates to an activity or an abstract object, and with tr. freq. determined by the noun object; cp. 13 above.
    ⓐ of humans: of a plan conceived in a meeting give counsel or advice: δ. for ποιεῖν (cp. κατά A2b β and s. s.v. συμβούλιον), which is read by some mss., in συμβούλιον δ. conspired (against Jesus) Mk 3:6. ἀφορμὴν δ. give an occasion (for someth.) 2 Cor 5:12; Hm 4, 1, 11; μαρτυρίαν δ. give testimony 1 Cl 30:7; δ. τὸ μαρτύριον bear witness AcPl Ha 4, 28; γνώμην δ. give an opinion 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 8:10; ἐγκοπὴν δ. cause a hindrance 1 Cor 9:12; ἐντολὴν δ. command, order J 11:57; 12:49; 1J 3:23; ἐντολὴν καινὴν δ. give a new commandment J 13:34; εὔσημον λόγον δ. speak plainly or intelligibly 1 Cor 14:9; παραγγελίαν δ. give an instruction 1 Th 4:2; δ. τὴν ἐν [κυρίῳ σφραγίδα] seal in the Lord AcPl Ha 11, 23 (restored after the Coptic); προσκοπὴν δ. put an obstacle in (someone’s) way 2 Cor 6:3; δ. ἐκδίκησιν take vengeance 2 Th 1:8; ῥάπισμα δ. τινί slap someone J 18:22; 19:3; σημεῖον δ. give a sign Mt 26:48; τόπον δ. τινί make room for someone (Plut., Gai. Gracch. 840 [13, 3]) Lk 14:9; fig. leave room for Ro 12:19 (cp. τόπος 4); Eph 4:27. ὑπόδειγμα δ. give an example J 13:15; φίλημα δ. τινί give someone a kiss Lk 7:45.—δὸς ἐργασίαν Lk 12:58 is prob. a Latinism=da operam take pains, make an effort (B-D-F §5, 3b note 9; Rob. 109), which nevertheless penetrated the popular speech (OGI 441, 109 [senatorial decree 81 B.C.]; POxy 742, 11 [colloq. letter 2 B.C.] δὸς ἐργασίαν; PMich 203, 7; 466, 33f [Trajan]; PGiss 11, 16 [118 A.D.]; PBrem 5, 8 [117/119 A.D.]).
    ⓑ esp. oft. of God (Hom. et al.) and Christ: give, grant, impose (of punishments etc.), send, of gifts, peace τινί τι Eph 4:8; 1 Cl 60:4; τινί τινος give someone some of a thing Rv 2:17. Also τινὶ ἔκ τινος 1J 4:13. τὶ εἴς τινα 1 Th 4:8 (Ezk 37:14); εἰς τὰς καρδίας put into the hearts Rv 17:17 (cp. X., Cyr. 8, 2, 20 δ. τινί τι εἰς ψυχήν). Also ἐν τ. καρδίαις δ. (cp. ἐν 3) 2 Cor 1:22; 8:16 (cp. Ezk 36:27). εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν Hb 8:10 (Jer 38: 33); ἐπὶ καρδίας Hb 10:16 (δ. ἐπί w. acc. as Jer 6:21, and s. Jer 38:33 ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν γράψω). W. ἵνα foll. grant that Mk 10:37.—The pass. occurs very oft. in this sense (Plut., Mor. 265d; 277e) Lk 8:10; Rv 6:4; 7:2; 13:7, 14f and oft. ἐκδίκησιν διδόναι τινί inflict punishment on someone 2 Th 1:8; βασανισμὸν καὶ πένθος δ. τινί send torment and grief upon someone Rv 18:7; ὄνομα δ. GJs 6:2, χάριν δ. (Jos., Bell. 7, 325) Js 4:6; 1 Pt 5:5 (both Pr 3:34); GJs 14:2; υἱοθεσίαν AcPl Ha 2, 28; 9,12; ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 2, 30f; μεγαλεῖα 6,13. W. gen. foll. over someone Mt 10:1; Mk 6:7; J 17:2.—B. 749. Schmidt, Syn. 193–203. DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > δίδωμι

  • 18 ὡς

    ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as
    ① a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, like
    ⓐ corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.
    ⓑ special uses
    α. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.
    β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).
    γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).
    δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.
    ② a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.
    ⓐ ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.
    ⓑ The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.
    ⓒ Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.
    α. a substantive
    א. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.
    ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.
    β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.
    ⓓ other noteworthy uses
    α. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).
    β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).
    γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.
    ③ marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, as
    ⓐ w. focus on quality, circumstance, or role
    α. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.
    β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).
    γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.
    ⓑ w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and now … Lk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.
    ⓒ w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.2 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).
    ④ conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.
    ⑤ marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.
    ⑥ w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.
    ⑦ a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.
    ⑧ temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).
    ⓐ w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.
    ⓑ w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11.— Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.
    ⓒ ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.
    α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.
    β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.
    ⓓ w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).
    ⑨ a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order to
    ⓐ w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).
    ⓑ w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).
    ⓒ used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὡς

  • 19 στεφανόω

    στεφᾰν-όω, [voice] Med., Syracusan [ per.] 2sg. imper. στεφάνουσο Sch.Theoc. 11.42:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.
    A

    - ώσομαι Aristid.1.496

     J.;

    - ωθήσομαι Aeschin.3.20

    , al., PCair.Zen.60.7 (iii B.C.):
    I used by Hom. and Hes. only in [voice] Pass., to be put round in a circle or as a rim or border, and hence to be put round, ἣν περὶ μὲν πάντῃ Φόβος ἐστεφάνωται round about the aegis is Terror wreathed, Il.5.739;

    τῇ δ' ἐπὶ μὲν Γοργὼ ἐστεφάνωτο 11.36

    ; ἀμφὶ δέ μιν θυόεν νέφος ἐστεφάνωτο all round about him was a cloud, 15.153; νῆσον, τὴν πέρι πόντος ἐστεφάνωται the sea lies round about the island, Od.10.195: rarely c. acc., τείρεα, τά τ' οὐρανὸς ἐστεφάνωται constellations which heaven has all round it, Il.18.485, cf. Hes. Th. 382, IG42(1).129.9 (Epid.); of a crowd of spectators surrounding a dancing-floor,

    ἀμφὶ δ' ὅμιλος ἀπείριτος ἐστεφάνωτο h.Ven. 120

    ; περὶ δ' ὄλβος ἀπείριτος ἐστεφάνωτο around were.. riches in a circle placed, Hes.Sc. 204: so in later [dialect] Ep., A.R.3.1214, Q.S.5.99, Orph.A. 45, etc.: also in [voice] Act., περίτροχον ἐστεφάνωσαν αἱμασιήν made a fence round, Opp.C.4.90.
    2 to be surrounded, ἐστεφανωμένος τιάραν μυρσίνῃ having his tiara wreathed with myrtle, Hdt.1.132; πεδία ἐστεφάνωται ὄρεσιν are surrounded by.., Hp.Aër.19; ὅπλοισιν πόλις Epigr. ap. Paus.9.15.6;

    χθὼν ἅτε νῆσος -ωται D.P.4

    : so in [voice] Act., [

    Βαβυλῶνα] τείχεσιν ἐστεφάνωσεν Id.1006

    .
    II after Hom. in [voice] Act., crown, wreathe,

    χαίταν Pi.O.14.24

    ; Ὀρέστην ς. E.Or. 924;

    κρᾶτα κισσίνοις βλαστήμασιν Id.Ba. 177

    ; στεφάνοις ib. 101 (lyr.); c. gen.,

    πίτυος Longus 2.31

    ;

    σ. τινὰ ὡς σωτῆρα And.1.45

    ;

    τὸν νικῶντα θαλλῷ Pl.Lg. 946b

    ;

    νῖκαι σ. τινά Pi.N.11.21

    ; of crowning a corpse, Ar.Ec. 538; a tomb, IG12.1037, Sammelb.7457.10 (iii/ii B.C.), Luc.Cont.22, PLips.30.2 (iii A.D.); ships, Plu.2.981e; of the nuptial crown, LXX Ca.3.11; κατηρῶντο τοῖς ἐστεφανωμένοις newly wedded couples, Lib.Or.33.29; στεφανοῦν εὐαγγέλια crown one for good tidings, Ar.Eq. 647; στεφανοῦσα, title of a statue by Praxiteles (v.

    στέφω 111

    ), cf. Ath.12.534d:—[voice] Pass., to be crowned or rewarded with a crown, Hdt.7.55, 8.59, PCair.Zen. l.c., 2 Ep.Ti.2.5;

    ἐλαίᾳ Pi.O.4.13

    ;

    ποίᾳ Id.P.8.19

    ;

    φυτὸν στεφανούμενος Ach.Tat.1.5

    ;

    σ. καὶ ἀνακηρύττεσθαι And.2.18

    :—[voice] Med., crown oneself,

    στεφανωσαμένη δρυῒ καὶ.. σπείραισι δρακόντων S.Fr. 535

     (anap.);

    στεφανοῦσθε κισσῷ E.Ba. 106

     (lyr.);

    στεφανωσάμενος καλάμῳ Ar.Nu. 1006

    ; στεφανωσάμενος αὐτόν (sc. τὸν στέφανον) Phalar.Ep.40;

    στεφανοῦνται τῶν ἀνθέων Philostr.Her. 12a

    .2;

    τῆς πίτυος D.Chr.9.10

    : also abs., of one going to sacrifice, Th.4.80;

    τῷ θεῷ X.HG4.3.21

    ; at a festival, Ar.Ach. 1145, Men.518.15, etc.; win a crown, of the victor at the games, Pi. O.7.15,81, 12.17, N.6.19:—[voice] Pass., c. dupl. acc.,

    ἐστεφανώθη Ἐλεύθερος.. Ἁδριάνεια πάλην IG22.2087.64

     (ii A.D.).
    2 crown as an honour or reward (cf.

    στέφανος 11.2b

    ), D.19.193, Theopomp.Hist. 239, Men.84, IG22.212.30 (iv B.C.), etc.; reward by a gift of money, etc. (cf.

    στέφανος 11.5

    ),

    Καλλισθένην ἑκατὸν μναῖς Lycurg.Fr.19

    , cf. D.S.14.53, Plu. Tim.16;

    σ. τινὰ πεντακοσίοις ἀργυρίου ταλάντοις, χιλίοις δὲ λιβανωτοῦ Plb.13.9.5

    : also ἐστεφανωκότος.. τὰς δυνάμεις χρυσῶν μυριάδων τριάκοντα Gauthier et Sottas Décret trilingue en l' honneur de Ptolémée IV p.67 (iii B.C.).
    3 metaph., confer glory upon, decorate, honour,

    τινὰ μολπᾷ Pi.O.1.100

    ;

    τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους ἤθεσι χρηστοῖς Ar.Nu. 959

    ; ἀπὸ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων τὴν πόλιν (by a victory in the games) And.4.26;

    Ἑλλάδα E. Tr. 1030

    , cf. Critias 4 D.;

    ἔργοις γένος TAM 1.44

     ([place name] Xanthus); [

    τὸ ῥόδον] ἐγκωμίῳ Philostr.Ep.51

    ;

    ἀριστείοις D.S.4.32

    ;

    πανοπλίᾳ Id.20.84

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    σοφίας ἀριστεῖα ἐστεφανοῦτο Philostr.Her.10.4

    .
    4 crown or honour with libations,

    σ. τύμβον αἵματι E.Hec. 126

     (anap.).
    5 crown with the badge of office, esp. of persons sacrificing, Lys.26.8:—[voice] Pass., X.An.7.1.40; of magistrates in office,

    ὁ ἐστεφανωμένος ἄρχων D.21.17

    ;

    βούλεται -ωθῆναι ἐξηγητείαν PRyl.77.37

     (ii A.D.).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > στεφανόω

  • 20 τρέφω

    τρέφω, Il.5.52, etc.; [dialect] Dor. [full] τράφω (v. sub voce); [ per.] 1sg. opt.
    A

    τρέφοιν E.Fr. 903

    : [tense] fut.

    θρέψω h.Ven. 257

    , etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἔθρεψα, [dialect] Ep.

    θρέψα Il.2.548

    : [tense] aor. 2 ἔτρᾰφον (v. infr. B): [tense] pf. τέτροφα intr., Od.23.237, ([etym.] συν-) Hp.Morb.Sacr. 11; but trans., S.OC 186 (lyr.); also

    τέτρᾰφα Plb.12.25h

    .5:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. θρέψομαι in pass. sense, Hp.Genit.9, Nat.Puer. 23, Th.7.49, etc.: [tense] aor.

    ἐθρεψάμην Pi.O.6.46

    , A.Ch. 928, etc.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. τρᾰφήσομαι Ps.-D.60.32, D.H.8.41, etc., but in early writers in med. form θρέψομαι (v. supr.): [tense] aor. 1 ἐθρέφθην, [dialect] Ep.

    θρέφθη Hes.Th. 198

    , rare in Trag. and [dialect] Att., E.Hec. 351, 600, Pl.Plt. 310a;

    ἐθράφθη IG12(9).286

     (Eretria, vi B. C.): [tense] aor. 2 ἐτράφην [pron. full] [ᾰ] Hom. (sed v. infr. B), A.Th. 754 (lyr.), Ar.Av. 335 (lyr.), etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. ἔτραφεν, τράφεν, Il.23.348, 1.251: [tense] pf.

    τέθραμμαι Hp.Nat.Hom.5

    , E.Heracl. 578, etc.; [ per.] 2pl.

    τέθραφθε Pl.Lg. 625a

     (but συντέτραφθε [s. v. l.] in X.Cyr.6.4.14); inf.

    τεθράφθαι Pl.Grg. 525a

    , X.HG2.3.24 (in both with v. l. τετρ-).
    I thicken or congeal a liquid, γάλα θρέψαι curdle it, Od.9.246; τρέφε ([tense] impf.)

    πίονατυρόν Theoc.25.106

    :—[voice] Pass., with [tense] pf.[voice] Act. τέτροφα, curdle, congeal,

    γάλα τρεφόμενον τυρὸν ἐργάζεσθαι Ael.NA16.32

    ;

    περὶ χροΐ τέτροφεν ἅλμη Od.23.237

    .
    II usu., cause to grow or increase, bring up, rear, esp. of children bred and brought up in a house,

    ὅ σ' ἔτρεφε τυτθὸν ἐόντα Il.8.283

    ;

    ἥ μ' ἔτεχ', ἥ μ' ἔθρεψε Od.2.131

    , cf. 12.134;

    εὖ ἔτρεφεν ἠδ' ἀτίταλλεν Il.16.191

    , cf. Od.19.354;

    ἐγώ σ' ἔθρεψα, σὺν δὲ γηράναι θέλω A.Ch. 908

    , cf. Supp. 894;

    μέχρι ἥβης τ. Th.2.46

    ;

    γεννᾶν καὶ τ. Pl.Plt. 274a

    ;

    τ. τε καὶ αὔξειν μέγαν Id.R. 565c

    : c. acc. cogn., τ. τινὰ τροφήν τινα bring up in a certain way, Hdt.2.2; also

    τῶν πρώτων μαθημάτων, ἐν οἷς οἱ παλαιοὶ τοὺς παῖδας ἔτρεφον Gal.16.691

    :—[voice] Med., rear for oneself,

    θρέψαιό τε φαίδιμον υἱόν Od.19.368

    ;

    αὐτὸν ἐθρέψαντο δράκοντες Pi.O.6.46

    ;

    τεκοῦσα τόνδ' ὄφιν ἐθρεψάμην A.Ch. 928

    ;

    οἱ γεννήσαντες καὶ θρεψάμενοι Pl.Lg. 717c

    ;

    τεκὼν ἀρετὴν καὶ θ. Id.Smp. 212a

    ;

    ἔτεκον μὲν ὑμᾶς πολεμίοις δ' ἐθρεψάμην ὕβρισμα E.HF 458

    :—[voice] Pass., to be reared, grow up,

    ὅς μοι τηλύγετος τρέφεται θαλίῃ ἔνι πολλῇ Il.9.143

    ;

    τῇ ὁμοῦ ἐτρεφόμην Od.15.365

    ;

    ἅμα τράφεν ἠδ' ἐγένοντο Il.1.251

    , etc.; κάρτιστοι τράφεν ἀνδρῶν grew up the strongest men, ib. 266:—prop. a boy was called τρεφόμενος only so long as he remained in the charge of the women, i. e. till his fifth year, Hdt.1.136; ἐξ ὅτου 'τράφην ἐγώ from the time when I left the nursery, Ar.Av. 322; but even of pre-natal growth,

    ἐν σκότοισινηδύος τεθραμμένη A.Eu. 665

    , cf. Th. 754 (lyr.):—generally, in Trag.,

    τραφεὶς μητρὸς εὐγενοῦς ἄπο S.Aj. 1229

    ; ὅπως πατρὸς δείξεις οἷος ἐξ οἵου τράφης ib. 557;

    κρατίστου πατρὸς.. τραφείς Id.Ph.3

    : παῖδες μητέρων τεθραμμέναι true nurslings of your mothers, implying a reproach for unmanliness (s. v.l.), A.Th. 792; μιᾶς τρέφει πρὸς νυκτός art nursed by night alone, i. e. art blind, S.OT 374.
    2 of slaves, cattle, dogs and the like , rear and keep them,

    κύνας Il.22.69

    , Od.14.22, etc.;

    ἵππους Il.2.766

    ; λέοντος ἶνιν (v. σίνις) A.Ag. 717 (lyr.);

    μῆλα Id.Eu. 946

     (lyr.);

    ὄφιν S.Fr. 226

     (cj. for στρέφουσι)

    ; ἰκτῖνα Ar. Fr. 628

    ;

    ὄρτυγας Eup.214

    ;

    ὄρνιθας Pl.Tht. 197c

    ; οἱ τρέφοντες (sc. τοὺς ἐλέφαντας ) the keepers, Arist.HA 571b33;

    τ. παιδαγωγούς Aeschin.1.187

    ; also

    τ. γυναῖκα E.IA 749

    ; τ. [ἑταίραν], [πόρνας], keep.., Antiph. 2, Diph. 87; ὁ τρέφων one's master, Nicol.Com.1.11,36: metaph., αἰγιαλὸν ἔνδον τρέφει he keeps a sea-beach in the house, Ar.V. 110:—[voice] Pass., to be bred, reared,

    δοῦλος οὐκ ὠνητός, ἀλλ' οἴκοι τραφείς S.OT 1123

    ; ἐν τῇ σῇ οἰκίᾳ γέγονεν καὶ τέθραπται was born and bred, Pl.Men. 85e; Ἀγαθῖνον θρεμένον (i. e. τεθρεμμένον, = θρεπτόν, v. θρεπτός 1)

    ἑαυτῶν MAMA4.275

     B (Dionysopolis, ii A. D.); Νείκην τὴν θρεμένην μου ib.276 A (Dionysopolis, ii A. D.).
    3 tend, cherish, τὸν μὲν ἐγὼ φίλεόν τε καὶ ἔτρεφον, of Calypso, Od.5.135, cf. 7.256; of plants, Il.17.53;

    θρέψασα φυτὸν ὥς 18.57

    , cf. Od.14.175.
    4 of parts of the body, let grow, cherish, foster,

    χαίτην.. Σπερχειῷ τρέφε Il.23.142

    ;

    τῷ θεῷ [πλόκαμον] τ. E.Ba. 494

    ;

    ὑπήνην ἄκουρον τ. Ar.V. 476

     (lyr.); τ. κόμην, = κομᾶν, Hdt.1.82;

    [τρίχες] πολλῷ ἐλαίῳ τραφεῖσαι Hero Bel. 112

    : also τά θ' ὕεσσι τρέφει ἀλοιφήν things which put fat on swine, Od.13.410;

    τεθραμμένη εἰς πολυσαρκίαν X.Mem.2.1.22

    .
    5 in Poets, of earth and sea, breed, produce, teem with,

    οὐδὲν ἀκιδνότερον γαῖα τ. ἀνθρώποιο Od.18.130

    ;

    ἄγρια, τά τε τρέφει οὔρεσιν ὕλη Il.5.52

    ;

    φάρμακα, ὅσα τρέφει εὐρεῖα χθών 11.741

    ;

    ὅσ' ἤπειρος.. τρέφει ἠδὲ θάλασσα Hes.Th. 582

    ;

    πολλὰ γᾶ τρέφει δεινά A.Ch. 585

     (lyr.), cf. 128, E.Hec. 1181;

    θάλασσα.. τρέφουσα πορφύρας ἰσάργυρον κηκῖδα A.Ag. 959

    ; ὃν πόντος τ., i. e. the sailors, Pi.I.1.48: rare in Prose,

    ἀεί τι ἡ Αιβύη τρέφει καινόν Arist. GA 746b8

    .
    6 in Poets also, simply, have within oneself, contain,

    ὅ τι καὶ πόλις τέτροφεν ἄφιλον S.OC 186

     (lyr.), cf. Tr. 817; τρέφειν τὴν γλῶσσαν ἡσυχαιτέραν to keep his tongue more quiet, Id.Ant. 1089;

    ἡ γλῶσσα τὸν θυμὸν δεινὸν τ. Id.Aj. 1124

    ;

    τἀληθὲς γὰρ ἰσχῦον τρέφω Id.OT 356

     (so in Pl.,

    τ. ἰσχυρὸν τὸ ἐλεινόν R. 606b

    );

    τ. νόσον S. Ph. 795

    ;

    ἐκ φόβου φόβον τ. Id.Tr.28

    ;

    ἄταν Id.Aj. 644

     (lyr.); οἵας λατρείας.. τρέφει what services.. she has as her lot, ib. 503; ἐν ἐλπίσιν τρέφω.. ἥξειν I cherish hopes that.., Id.Ant. 897; τὸν Καδμογενῆ τρέφει.. βιότου πολύπονον [πέλαγος] is his daily lot, Id.Tr. 117 (lyr., but Reiske's cj. στρέφει is prob.);

    πόνοι τρέφοντες βροτούς E.Hipp. 367

     (lyr.).
    III maintain, support,

    τ. ἀνδρὸς μόχθος ἡμένας ἔσω A.Ch. 921

    , cf. Pi.O.9.106;

    τοῦ τρέφοντος Ἡλίου χθονὸς φύσιν A.Ag. 633

    ;

    τ. τὸν πατέρα Aeschin.1.13

    ;

    τὴν οἰκίαν ὅλην D.59.67

    ;

    οὐ δίκαιον τρέφεσθαι ὑπὸ πατρὸς ὑὸν ἡβῶντα Pl.R. 568e

    ;

    τὰ κτήνη χιλῷ ἐτρέφοντο X.An.4.5.25

    ; γάλακτι, τυρῷ, κρέασι τ., Id.Mem. 4.3.10; σίτῳ, ὄψῳ, Id.Lac.1.3; feed a patient, Gal.15.503, 19.185; provide the food for an employee, σοῦ τρέφοντος αὐτόν, ἐμοῦ δὲ ἱματίζοντος

    αὐτόν BGU1647.14

     (ii A. D.); also

    τ. ἀπό τινος Pl.Prt. 313c

    , X.HG2.1.1;

    ἔκ τινος A.Ag. 1479

     (lyr.), cf. Pl.R. 372b.
    2 maintain an army or fleet, Th.4.83, X.An.1.1.9 ([voice] Pass.);

    τ. τὰς ναῦς Th. 8.44

    , X.HG1.5.5, 5.1.24; τ. τὸ ναυτικὸν ἀπὸ τῶν νήσων ib.4.8.9;

    ἐκ τῶν κωμῶν τρέφεσθαι Id.An.7.4.11

    , etc.
    3 of land, feed, maintain one,

    τρέφει γὰρ οὗτος [ὁ ἀγρὸς].. με Philem.98.2

    , cf. Men.63, 466, al.
    4 of women, feed or suckle an infant,

    συνεξομοιοῦται τὰ τρεφόμενα ταῖς τρεφούσαις Sor.1.88

    ; γυνὴ τρέφουσα ib.87; ἡ τρέφουσα, = ἡ τροφός, Gal.6.44.
    5 of food, nourish,

    τὰ Ἡρακλεωτικὰ τρέφει οὐχ ὁμοίως τοῖς ἀμυγδάλοις Diocl.Fr.126

    , cf. 117;

    ἡ οὐκ ἐπιτηδείως τῷ σώματι διδομένη τροφὴ οὐ τρέφει Sor.1.49

    ;

    πυρῶν.. ὅσοι κοῦφοι.. ἧττον τρέφουσι Gal.Vict.Att 6

    ;

    τὸ δέρμα πᾶν αὐτοῖς ὡς ἂν ὑπὸ φλεγματ ώδους αἵματος τρεφόμενον οἰδαλέον γίνεται Id.18(2).118

    , cf. 106.
    IV bring up, rear, educate, Hes.Fr.19, Pi.N.3.53, etc.;

    τῷ λόγῳ τ. καὶ παιδεύεις Pl.R. 534d

    ;

    θρέψαι καὶ παιδεῦσαι D.59.18

    ;

    Δήμητερ ἡ θρέψασα τὴν ἐμὴν φρένα A.Fr. 479

    ; ἡ θρέψασα (sc. γῆ ) the motherland, Lycurg. 47:—[voice] Med.,

    ἐθρέψω Ξέρξην ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἤθεσιν Pl.Lg. 695e

    ; ἡ θρεψαμένη one's motherland, Lycurg.85:—[voice] Pass., ὀρθῶς, εὖ τραφῆναι, Pl. R. 401e, Alc.1.120e; παιδείᾳ, ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ παιδείᾳ τ., Id.Lg.695c, X. Cyn.1.16;

    ἐν πολυτρόποις ξυμφοραῖς Th.2.44

    ;

    ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ Pl.Tht. 172c

    ;

    ἐν χλιδῇ X.Cyr.4.5.54

    ;

    ἐν ἐλευθερίᾳ Pl.Tht. 175d

    , Mx. 239a;

    ἐν ἄλλοις νόμοις Arist.Pol. 1327a14

    ;

    ἐν φωνῇ βαρβάρῳ Pl.Prt. 341c

    ;

    πάσαις Μούσαισι BCH50.444

     (Thespiae, iv A. D.).
    V the [voice] Pass. sts. came to mean little more than to be, ἐπ' ἐμοὶ πολέμιον ἐτράφη (sc. τὸ γένος) Ar.Av. 335 (lyr.), cf. Th. 141, S.OC 805.
    B Hom. uses an intr. [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Act. ἔτραφον in pass. sense (which is to τρέφομαι, τέτροφα (intr.) as ἔδρακον to δέρκομαι, δέδορκα, etc.),

    ὃς.. ἔτραφ' ἄριστος Il.21.279

    ;

    λέοντε ἐτραφέτην ὑπὸ μητρί 5.555

    ; τραφέμεν ([dialect] Ep. for τραφεῖν) 7.199, Od.3.28, al.; ἐπεὶ τράφ' ἐνὶ μεγάρῳ, i. e. when he was well-grown, Il.2.661:—as trans. the [tense] aor. 2 is used by Hom. only in Il.23.90, and τράφε in Pi.N.3.53 is [dialect] Dor. [tense] impf.:— ἐτράφην is perh. post-Homeric; [ per.] 3sg. τράφη is v. l. in Il.2.661, [ per.] 1pl. ἐτράφημεν and [ per.] 1sg. ἐτράφην ([etym.] περ) vv. ll. in 23.84; τράφη is in all codd. of 3.201, 11.222, which should prob. be emended from 2.661; [ per.] 3pl.

    ἔτραφεν 23.348

     (v.l. ἔτραφον), Od.10.417 (v.l. ἔτραφον) ; τράφεν in all codd. of Il.1.251, 266, Od.14.201, also (with v. l. τράφον ) in 4.723: the vox nihili ἐτράφεμεν, found in Il.23.84 as cited by Aeschin.1.149, was emended by Scaliger to ἐτράφομεν:—the redupl. [ per.] 3sg.

    τέτραφ' Il.21.279

    , [ per.] 3pl.

    τέτραφεν 23.348

    , are ff. ll., though found in many codd. Later this [tense] aor. became obsolete, except in [dialect] Ep. imitators, as in Call.Jov.55, Opp.H.1.774.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τρέφω

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • put to sea — sail, to put to sea; to begin a voyage To get ship under way in complete readiness for voyage, with purpose of proceeding without further delay …   Black's law dictionary

  • To put to sea — Put Put (put; often p[u^]t in def. 3), v. i. 1. To go or move; as, when the air first puts up. [Obs.] Bacon. [1913 Webster] 2. To steer; to direct one s course; to go. [1913 Webster] His fury thus appeased, he puts to land. Dryden. [1913 Webster] …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Crossing the Red Sea with The Adverts — Studioalbum von The Adverts Veröffentlichung 3. Februar 1978 Label Bright Records …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Sea level rise — is an increase in sea level. Multiple complex factors may influence this change. Sea level has risen about 130 meters (400 ft) since the peak of the last ice age about 18,000 years ago. Most of the rise occurred before 6,000 years ago. From 3,000 …   Wikipedia

  • put — W1S1 [put] v past tense and past participle put present participle putting [T] ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ 1¦(move to place)¦ 2¦(change somebody s situation/feelings)¦ 3¦(write/print something)¦ 4¦(express)¦ 5 put a stop/an end to something 6 put something into… …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • sea — [sē] n. [ME see < OE sæ, akin to Du zee, Ger see] 1. the continuous body of salt water covering the greater part of the earth s surface; ocean 2. a large body of salt water wholly or partly enclosed by land [the Red Sea, Irish Sea] 3. a large… …   English World dictionary

  • Put — (put; often p[u^]t in def. 3), v. i. 1. To go or move; as, when the air first puts up. [Obs.] Bacon. [1913 Webster] 2. To steer; to direct one s course; to go. [1913 Webster] His fury thus appeased, he puts to land. Dryden. [1913 Webster] 3. To… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • sea — W1S3 [si:] n [: Old English; Origin: sA] 1.) [singular, U] the large area of salty water that covers much of the earth s surface = ↑ocean ▪ Jay stripped his clothes off and ran into the sea. ▪ All the rooms have sea views. ▪ The sea was perfectly …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • sea — [ si ] noun MAINLY BRITISH *** singular or uncount the large area of salt water that covers most of the surface of the Earth: Tim went swimming in the sea. He had a room overlooking the sea. We re renting a house by the sea (=close to the sea).… …   Usage of the words and phrases in modern English

  • Sea Shepherd Conservation Society operations — A variation of the flag used by the group. Main article: Sea Shepherd Conservation Society The Sea Shepherd Conservation Society engages in various demonstrations, campaigns, and tactical operations at sea and elsewhere, including conventional… …   Wikipedia

  • Sea Shepherd Conservation Society — Infobox Non profit Non profit name = Sea Shepherd Conservation Society Non profit Non profit type = 501(c)(3) founded date = 1981 in Oregon, USA founder = Paul Watson location = Friday Harbor, Washington, USA origins = key people = area served =… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»